PR 6878
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf.c
... / ...
CommitLineData
1/* ELF executable support for BFD.
2
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22
23
24/*
25SECTION
26 ELF backends
27
28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31
32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
34 haven't bothered yet. */
35
36/* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
37#define _SYSCALL32
38#include "sysdep.h"
39#include "bfd.h"
40#include "bfdlink.h"
41#include "libbfd.h"
42#define ARCH_SIZE 0
43#include "elf-bfd.h"
44#include "libiberty.h"
45#include "safe-ctype.h"
46
47static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
48static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
49static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
50static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
51static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
52static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
53 file_ptr offset);
54
55/* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
56 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
57 need to move into elfcode.h. */
58
59/* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
60
61void
62_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
63 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
64 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
65{
66 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
67 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
68 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
69 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
70 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
71 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
72 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
73}
74
75/* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
76
77void
78_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
79 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
80 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
81{
82 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
83 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
84 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
86 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
87 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
88 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
89}
90
91/* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
92
93void
94_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
95 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
96 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
97{
98 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
99 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
100}
101
102/* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
103
104void
105_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
106 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
107 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
108{
109 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
110 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
111}
112
113/* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
114
115void
116_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
117 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
118 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
119{
120 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
121 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
122 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
123 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
124 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
125}
126
127/* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
128
129void
130_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
131 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
132 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
133{
134 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
135 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
136 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
137 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
138 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
139}
140
141/* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
142
143void
144_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
145 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
146 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
147{
148 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
149 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
150 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
151 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
152 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
153}
154
155/* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
156
157void
158_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
159 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
160 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
161{
162 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
163 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
164 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
167}
168
169/* Swap in a Versym structure. */
170
171void
172_bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
173 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
174 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
175{
176 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
177}
178
179/* Swap out a Versym structure. */
180
181void
182_bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
183 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
184 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
185{
186 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
187}
188
189/* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
190 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
191
192unsigned long
193bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
194{
195 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
196 unsigned long h = 0;
197 unsigned long g;
198 int ch;
199
200 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
201 {
202 h = (h << 4) + ch;
203 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
204 {
205 h ^= g >> 24;
206 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
207 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
208 h ^= g;
209 }
210 }
211 return h & 0xffffffff;
212}
213
214/* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
215 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
216
217unsigned long
218bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
219{
220 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
221 unsigned long h = 5381;
222 unsigned char ch;
223
224 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
225 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
226 return h & 0xffffffff;
227}
228
229/* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
230 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
231bfd_boolean
232bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
233 size_t object_size,
234 enum elf_object_id object_id)
235{
236 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
237 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
238 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
239 return FALSE;
240
241 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
242 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
243 return TRUE;
244}
245
246
247bfd_boolean
248bfd_elf_make_generic_object (bfd *abfd)
249{
250 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
251 GENERIC_ELF_TDATA);
252}
253
254bfd_boolean
255bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
256{
257 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
258 return bfd_elf_make_generic_object (abfd);
259}
260
261char *
262bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
263{
264 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
265 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
266 file_ptr offset;
267 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
268
269 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
270 if (i_shdrp == 0
271 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
272 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
273 return NULL;
274
275 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
276 if (shstrtab == NULL)
277 {
278 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
279 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
280 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
281
282 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
283 in case the string table is not terminated. */
284 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
285 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
286 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
287 shstrtab = NULL;
288 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
289 {
290 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
291 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
292 shstrtab = NULL;
293 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
294 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
295 the string table over and over. */
296 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
297 }
298 else
299 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
300 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
301 }
302 return (char *) shstrtab;
303}
304
305char *
306bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
307 unsigned int shindex,
308 unsigned int strindex)
309{
310 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
311
312 if (strindex == 0)
313 return "";
314
315 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
316 return NULL;
317
318 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
319
320 if (hdr->contents == NULL
321 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
322 return NULL;
323
324 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
325 {
326 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
327 (*_bfd_error_handler)
328 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
329 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
330 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
331 ? ".shstrtab"
332 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
333 return "";
334 }
335
336 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
337}
338
339/* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
340 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
341 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
342 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
343 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
344 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
345 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
346
347Elf_Internal_Sym *
348bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
349 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
350 size_t symcount,
351 size_t symoffset,
352 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
353 void *extsym_buf,
354 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
355{
356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
357 void *alloc_ext;
358 const bfd_byte *esym;
359 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
361 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
362 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
363 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
364 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
365 size_t extsym_size;
366 bfd_size_type amt;
367 file_ptr pos;
368
369 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
370 abort ();
371
372 if (symcount == 0)
373 return intsym_buf;
374
375 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
376 shndx_hdr = NULL;
377 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
378 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
379
380 /* Read the symbols. */
381 alloc_ext = NULL;
382 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
383 alloc_intsym = NULL;
384 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
385 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
386 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
387 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
388 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
389 {
390 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
391 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
392 }
393 if (extsym_buf == NULL
394 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
395 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
396 {
397 intsym_buf = NULL;
398 goto out;
399 }
400
401 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
402 extshndx_buf = NULL;
403 else
404 {
405 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
406 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
407 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
408 {
409 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
410 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
411 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
412 }
413 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
414 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
415 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
416 {
417 intsym_buf = NULL;
418 goto out;
419 }
420 }
421
422 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
423 {
424 alloc_intsym = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
425 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
426 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
427 goto out;
428 }
429
430 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
431 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
432 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
433 isym < isymend;
434 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
435 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
436 {
437 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
438 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
439 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
440 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
441 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
442 free (alloc_intsym);
443 intsym_buf = NULL;
444 goto out;
445 }
446
447 out:
448 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
449 free (alloc_ext);
450 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
451 free (alloc_extshndx);
452
453 return intsym_buf;
454}
455
456/* Look up a symbol name. */
457const char *
458bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
459 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
460 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
461 asection *sym_sec)
462{
463 const char *name;
464 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
465 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
466
467 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
468 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
469 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
470 {
471 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
472 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
473 }
474
475 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
476 if (name == NULL)
477 name = "(null)";
478 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
479 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
480
481 return name;
482}
483
484/* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
485 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
486 pointers. */
487
488typedef union elf_internal_group {
489 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
490 unsigned int flags;
491} Elf_Internal_Group;
492
493/* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
494 signature just a string? */
495
496static const char *
497group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
498{
499 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
500 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
501 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
502 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
503
504 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
505 that it is a symbol table section. */
506 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
507 return NULL;
508 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
509 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
510 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
511 return NULL;
512
513 /* Go read the symbol. */
514 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
515 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
516 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
517 return NULL;
518
519 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
520}
521
522/* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
523
524static bfd_boolean
525setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
526{
527 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
528
529 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
530 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
531 if (num_group == 0)
532 {
533 unsigned int i, shnum;
534
535 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
536 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
537 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
538 num_group = 0;
539
540#define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
541 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
542 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
543 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
544 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
545
546 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
547 {
548 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
549
550 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
551 num_group += 1;
552 }
553
554 if (num_group == 0)
555 {
556 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
557 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
558 }
559 else
560 {
561 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
562 so we can find them quickly. */
563 bfd_size_type amt;
564
565 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
566 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
567 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
568 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
569 return FALSE;
570
571 num_group = 0;
572 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
573 {
574 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
575
576 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
577 {
578 unsigned char *src;
579 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
580
581 /* Add to list of sections. */
582 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
583 num_group += 1;
584
585 /* Read the raw contents. */
586 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
587 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
588 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
589 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
590 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
591 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
592 {
593 _bfd_error_handler
594 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
595 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
596 return FALSE;
597 }
598
599 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
600
601 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
602 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
603 != shdr->sh_size))
604 return FALSE;
605
606 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
607 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
608 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
609 pointers. */
610 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
611 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
612 while (1)
613 {
614 unsigned int idx;
615
616 src -= 4;
617 --dest;
618 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
619 if (src == shdr->contents)
620 {
621 dest->flags = idx;
622 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
623 shdr->bfd_section->flags
624 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
625 break;
626 }
627 if (idx >= shnum)
628 {
629 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
630 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
631 idx = 0;
632 }
633 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
634 }
635 }
636 }
637 }
638 }
639
640 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
641 {
642 unsigned int i;
643
644 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
645 {
646 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
647 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
648 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
649
650 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
651 section is a member. */
652 while (--n_elt != 0)
653 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
654 {
655 asection *s = NULL;
656
657 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
658 other members to see if any others are linked via
659 next_in_group. */
660 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
661 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
662 while (--n_elt != 0)
663 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
664 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
665 break;
666 if (n_elt != 0)
667 {
668 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
669 insert current section in circular list. */
670 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
671 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
672 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
673 }
674 else
675 {
676 const char *gname;
677
678 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
679 if (gname == NULL)
680 return FALSE;
681 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
682
683 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
684 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
685 }
686
687 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
688 new member. */
689 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
690 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
691
692 i = num_group - 1;
693 break;
694 }
695 }
696 }
697
698 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
699 {
700 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
701 abfd, newsect);
702 }
703 return TRUE;
704}
705
706bfd_boolean
707_bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
708{
709 unsigned int i;
710 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
711 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
712 asection *s;
713
714 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
715 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
716 {
717 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
718 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
719 {
720 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
721 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
722 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
723 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
724 if (elfsec == 0)
725 {
726 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
727 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
728 bed->link_order_error_handler
729 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
730 abfd, s);
731 }
732 else
733 {
734 asection *link = NULL;
735
736 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
737 {
738 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
739 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
740 }
741
742 /* PR 1991, 2008:
743 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
744 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
745 if (link == NULL)
746 {
747 (*_bfd_error_handler)
748 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
749 s->owner, s, elfsec);
750 result = FALSE;
751 }
752
753 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
754 }
755 }
756 }
757
758 /* Process section groups. */
759 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
760 return result;
761
762 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
763 {
764 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
765 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
766 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
767
768 while (--n_elt != 0)
769 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
770 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
771 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
772 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
773 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
774 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
775 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
776 relocation sections are in section group in input object
777 files. */
778 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
779 else
780 {
781 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
782 (*_bfd_error_handler)
783 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
784 abfd,
785 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
786 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
787 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
788 ->e_shstrndx),
789 idx->shdr->sh_name),
790 shdr->bfd_section->name);
791 result = FALSE;
792 }
793 }
794 return result;
795}
796
797bfd_boolean
798bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
799{
800 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
801}
802
803/* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
804 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
805
806bfd_boolean
807_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
808 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
809 const char *name,
810 int shindex)
811{
812 asection *newsect;
813 flagword flags;
814 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
815
816 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
817 {
818 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
819 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
820 return TRUE;
821 }
822
823 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
824 if (newsect == NULL)
825 return FALSE;
826
827 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
828 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
829 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
830
831 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
832 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
833 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
834
835 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
836
837 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
838 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
839 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
840 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
841 return FALSE;
842
843 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
844 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
845 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
846 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
847 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
848 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
849 {
850 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
851 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
852 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
853 }
854 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
855 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
856 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
857 flags |= SEC_CODE;
858 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
859 flags |= SEC_DATA;
860 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
861 {
862 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
863 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
864 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
865 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
866 }
867 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
868 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
869 return FALSE;
870 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
871 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
872
873 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
874 {
875 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
876 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
877 static const struct
878 {
879 const char *name;
880 int len;
881 } debug_sections [] =
882 {
883 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
884 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
885 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
886 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
887 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
888 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
889 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
890 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
891 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
892 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
893 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
894 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
895 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
896 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
897 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
898 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") }, /* 's' */
899 { NULL, 0 }, /* 't' */
900 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'u' */
901 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'v' */
902 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'w' */
903 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'x' */
904 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'y' */
905 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("zdebug") } /* 'z' */
906 };
907
908 if (name [0] == '.')
909 {
910 int i = name [1] - 'd';
911 if (i >= 0
912 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
913 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
914 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
915 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
916 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
917 }
918 }
919
920 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
921 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
922 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
923 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
924 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
925 all but one of the sections. */
926 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
927 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
928 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
929
930 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
931 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
932 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
933 return FALSE;
934
935 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
936 return FALSE;
937
938 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
939 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
940 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
941 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
942 {
943 bfd_byte *contents;
944
945 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
946 return FALSE;
947
948 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1);
949 free (contents);
950 }
951
952 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
953 {
954 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
955 unsigned int i, nload;
956
957 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
958 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
959 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
960 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
961 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
962 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
963 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
964 break;
965 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
966 ++nload;
967 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
968 return TRUE;
969
970 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
971 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
972 {
973 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
974 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
975 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
976 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
977
978 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
979 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
980 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
981 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
982 place special significance on the address 0 and
983 executables need to be able to have a segment which
984 covers this address. */
985 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
986 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
987 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
988 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
989 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
990 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
991 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
992 {
993 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
994 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
995 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
996 else
997 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
998 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
999 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1000 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1001 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1002 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1003 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1004 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1005 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
1006
1007 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1008 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1009 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1010 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1011 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
1012 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1013 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1014 break;
1015 }
1016 }
1017 }
1018
1019 return TRUE;
1020}
1021
1022/*
1023INTERNAL_FUNCTION
1024 bfd_elf_find_section
1025
1026SYNOPSIS
1027 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
1028
1029DESCRIPTION
1030 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
1031 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
1032 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
1033 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
1034 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
1035*/
1036
1037struct elf_internal_shdr *
1038bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
1039{
1040 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
1041 char *shstrtab;
1042 unsigned int max;
1043 unsigned int i;
1044
1045 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
1046 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
1047 {
1048 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
1049 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
1050 if (shstrtab != NULL)
1051 {
1052 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
1053 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
1054 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
1055 return i_shdrp[i];
1056 }
1057 }
1058 return 0;
1059}
1060
1061const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1062 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1063 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1064 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1065};
1066
1067/* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1068 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1069 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1070 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1071 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1072 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1073 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1074 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1075 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1076
1077bfd_reloc_status_type
1078bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1079 arelent *reloc_entry,
1080 asymbol *symbol,
1081 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1082 asection *input_section,
1083 bfd *output_bfd,
1084 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1085{
1086 if (output_bfd != NULL
1087 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1088 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1089 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1090 {
1091 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1092 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1093 }
1094
1095 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1096}
1097\f
1098/* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1099 another. */
1100
1101bfd_boolean
1102_bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1103{
1104 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1105 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1106 return TRUE;
1107
1108 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1109 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1110 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1111
1112 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1113 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1114 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1115
1116 /* Copy object attributes. */
1117 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1118
1119 return TRUE;
1120}
1121
1122static const char *
1123get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1124{
1125 const char *pt;
1126 switch (p_type)
1127 {
1128 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1129 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1130 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1131 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1132 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1133 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1134 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1135 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1136 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1137 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1138 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1139 default: pt = NULL; break;
1140 }
1141 return pt;
1142}
1143
1144/* Print out the program headers. */
1145
1146bfd_boolean
1147_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1148{
1149 FILE *f = farg;
1150 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1151 asection *s;
1152 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1153
1154 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1155 if (p != NULL)
1156 {
1157 unsigned int i, c;
1158
1159 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1160 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1161 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1162 {
1163 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1164 char buf[20];
1165
1166 if (pt == NULL)
1167 {
1168 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1169 pt = buf;
1170 }
1171 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1172 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1173 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1174 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1175 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1176 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1177 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1178 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1179 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1180 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1181 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1182 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1183 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1184 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1185 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1186 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1187 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1188 fprintf (f, "\n");
1189 }
1190 }
1191
1192 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1193 if (s != NULL)
1194 {
1195 unsigned int elfsec;
1196 unsigned long shlink;
1197 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1198 size_t extdynsize;
1199 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1200
1201 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1202
1203 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1204 goto error_return;
1205
1206 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1207 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1208 goto error_return;
1209 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1210
1211 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1212 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1213
1214 extdyn = dynbuf;
1215 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1216 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1217 {
1218 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1219 const char *name = "";
1220 char ab[20];
1221 bfd_boolean stringp;
1222 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1223
1224 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1225
1226 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1227 break;
1228
1229 stringp = FALSE;
1230 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1231 {
1232 default:
1233 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1234 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1235
1236 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1237 {
1238 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1239 name = ab;
1240 }
1241 break;
1242
1243 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1244 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1245 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1246 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1247 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1248 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1249 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1250 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1251 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1252 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1253 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1254 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1255 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1256 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1257 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1258 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1259 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1260 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1261 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1262 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1263 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1264 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1265 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1266 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1267 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1268 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1269 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1270 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1271 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1272 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1273 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1274 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1275 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1276 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1277 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1278 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1279 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1280 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1281 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1282 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1283 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1284 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1285 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1286 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1287 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1288 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1289 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1290 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1291 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1292 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1293 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1294 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1295 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1296 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1297 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1298 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1299 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1300 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1301 }
1302
1303 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1304 if (! stringp)
1305 {
1306 fprintf (f, "0x");
1307 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1308 }
1309 else
1310 {
1311 const char *string;
1312 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1313
1314 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1315 if (string == NULL)
1316 goto error_return;
1317 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1318 }
1319 fprintf (f, "\n");
1320 }
1321
1322 free (dynbuf);
1323 dynbuf = NULL;
1324 }
1325
1326 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1327 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1328 {
1329 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1330 return FALSE;
1331 }
1332
1333 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1334 {
1335 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1336
1337 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1338 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1339 {
1340 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1341 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1342 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1343 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1344 {
1345 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1346
1347 fprintf (f, "\t");
1348 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1349 a != NULL;
1350 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1351 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1352 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1353 fprintf (f, "\n");
1354 }
1355 }
1356 }
1357
1358 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1359 {
1360 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1361
1362 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1363 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1364 {
1365 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1366
1367 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1368 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1369 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1370 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1371 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1372 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1373 }
1374 }
1375
1376 return TRUE;
1377
1378 error_return:
1379 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1380 free (dynbuf);
1381 return FALSE;
1382}
1383
1384/* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1385
1386void
1387bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1388 void *filep,
1389 asymbol *symbol,
1390 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1391{
1392 FILE *file = filep;
1393 switch (how)
1394 {
1395 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1396 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1397 break;
1398 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1399 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1400 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1401 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1402 break;
1403 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1404 {
1405 const char *section_name;
1406 const char *name = NULL;
1407 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1408 unsigned char st_other;
1409 bfd_vma val;
1410
1411 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1412
1413 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1414 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1415 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1416
1417 if (name == NULL)
1418 {
1419 name = symbol->name;
1420 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1421 }
1422
1423 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1424 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1425 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1426 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1427 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1428 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1429 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1430 else
1431 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1432 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1433
1434 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1435 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1436 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1437 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1438 {
1439 unsigned int vernum;
1440 const char *version_string;
1441
1442 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1443
1444 if (vernum == 0)
1445 version_string = "";
1446 else if (vernum == 1)
1447 version_string = "Base";
1448 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1449 version_string =
1450 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1451 else
1452 {
1453 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1454
1455 version_string = "";
1456 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1457 t != NULL;
1458 t = t->vn_nextref)
1459 {
1460 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1461
1462 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1463 {
1464 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1465 {
1466 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1467 break;
1468 }
1469 }
1470 }
1471 }
1472
1473 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1474 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1475 else
1476 {
1477 int i;
1478
1479 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1480 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1481 putc (' ', file);
1482 }
1483 }
1484
1485 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1486 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1487
1488 switch (st_other)
1489 {
1490 case 0: break;
1491 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1492 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1493 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1494 default:
1495 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1496 everything hex. */
1497 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1498 }
1499
1500 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1501 }
1502 break;
1503 }
1504}
1505
1506/* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1507
1508struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1509_bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1510{
1511 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1512
1513 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1514 if (ret != NULL)
1515 {
1516 bfd_size_type loc;
1517
1518 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1519 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1520 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1521 {
1522 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1523 ret = NULL;
1524 }
1525 }
1526 return ret;
1527}
1528\f
1529/* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1530
1531/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1532
1533bfd_boolean
1534bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1535{
1536 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1537 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1538 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1539 const char *name;
1540
1541 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1542 return FALSE;
1543
1544 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1545 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1546 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1547 hdr->sh_name);
1548 if (name == NULL)
1549 return FALSE;
1550
1551 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1552 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1553 {
1554 case SHT_NULL:
1555 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1556 return TRUE;
1557
1558 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1559 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1560 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1561 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1562 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1563 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1564 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1565 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1566 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1567 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1568
1569 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1570 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1571 return FALSE;
1572 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1573 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1574 return FALSE;
1575 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1576 {
1577 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1578
1579 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1580 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1581 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1582 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1583 {
1584 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1585 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1586 }
1587 else
1588 {
1589 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1590
1591 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1592 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1593 {
1594 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1595 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1596 {
1597 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1598 break;
1599 }
1600 }
1601 }
1602 }
1603 break;
1604
1605 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1606 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1607 return TRUE;
1608
1609 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1610 return FALSE;
1611 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1612 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1613 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1614 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1615 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1616
1617 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1618 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1619 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1620 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1621 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1622 linker. */
1623 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1624 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1625 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1626 shindex))
1627 return FALSE;
1628
1629 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1630 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1631 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1632 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1633 {
1634 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1635
1636 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1637 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1638 {
1639 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1640 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1641 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1642 break;
1643 }
1644 if (i == num_sec)
1645 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1646 {
1647 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1648 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1649 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1650 break;
1651 }
1652 if (i != shindex)
1653 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1654 }
1655 return TRUE;
1656
1657 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1658 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1659 return TRUE;
1660
1661 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1662 return FALSE;
1663 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1664 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1665 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1666 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1667 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1668
1669 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1670 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1671 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1672
1673 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1674 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1675 return TRUE;
1676
1677 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1678 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1679 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1680 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1681 return TRUE;
1682
1683 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1684 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1685 return TRUE;
1686 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1687 {
1688 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1689 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1690 return TRUE;
1691 }
1692 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1693 {
1694 symtab_strtab:
1695 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1696 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1697 return TRUE;
1698 }
1699 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1700 {
1701 dynsymtab_strtab:
1702 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1703 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1704 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1705 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1706 can handle it. */
1707 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1708 shindex);
1709 }
1710
1711 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1712 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1713 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1714 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1715 {
1716 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1717
1718 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1719 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1720 {
1721 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1722 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1723 {
1724 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1725 if (i == shindex)
1726 return FALSE;
1727 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1728 return FALSE;
1729 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1730 goto symtab_strtab;
1731 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1732 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1733 }
1734 }
1735 }
1736 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1737
1738 case SHT_REL:
1739 case SHT_RELA:
1740 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1741 {
1742 asection *target_sect;
1743 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1744 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1745
1746 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1747 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1748 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1749 return FALSE;
1750
1751 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1752 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1753 {
1754 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1755 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1756 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1757 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1758 shindex);
1759 }
1760
1761 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1762 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1763 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1764 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1765 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1766 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1767 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1768 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1769 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1770 {
1771 unsigned int scan;
1772 int found;
1773
1774 found = 0;
1775 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1776 {
1777 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1778 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1779 {
1780 if (found != 0)
1781 {
1782 found = 0;
1783 break;
1784 }
1785 found = scan;
1786 }
1787 }
1788 if (found != 0)
1789 hdr->sh_link = found;
1790 }
1791
1792 /* Get the symbol table. */
1793 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1794 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1795 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1796 return FALSE;
1797
1798 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1799 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1800 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1801 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1802 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1803 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
1804 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1805 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1806 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1807 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1808 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1809 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1810 shindex);
1811
1812 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1813 return FALSE;
1814 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1815 if (target_sect == NULL)
1816 return FALSE;
1817
1818 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1819 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
1820 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
1821 else
1822 {
1823 bfd_size_type amt;
1824 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
1825 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1826 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1827 if (hdr2 == NULL)
1828 return FALSE;
1829 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
1830 }
1831 *hdr2 = *hdr;
1832 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1833 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1834 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1835 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1836 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1837 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1838 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1839 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1840 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
1841 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1842 return TRUE;
1843 }
1844
1845 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1846 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1847 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1848 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1849
1850 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1851 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1852 return FALSE;
1853 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1854 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1855 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1856
1857 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1858 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1859 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1860 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1861
1862 case SHT_SHLIB:
1863 return TRUE;
1864
1865 case SHT_GROUP:
1866 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1867 return FALSE;
1868 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1869 return FALSE;
1870 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1871 {
1872 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1873 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1874 asection *s;
1875
1876 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1877 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1878 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1879
1880 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1881 idx += n_elt;
1882 while (--n_elt != 0)
1883 {
1884 --idx;
1885
1886 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1887 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1888 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1889 {
1890 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1891 break;
1892 }
1893 }
1894 }
1895 break;
1896
1897 default:
1898 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1899 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1900 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1901 {
1902 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1903 return FALSE;
1904 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1905 return TRUE;
1906 }
1907
1908 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1909 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1910 return TRUE;
1911
1912 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1913 {
1914 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1915 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1916 for applications? */
1917 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1918 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1919 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1920 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1921 else
1922 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1923 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1924 shindex);
1925 }
1926 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1927 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1928 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1929 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1930 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1931 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1932 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1933 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1934 {
1935 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1936 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1937 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1938 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1939 be rejected with an error message. */
1940 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1941 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1942 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1943 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1944 else
1945 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1946 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1947 }
1948 else
1949 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1950 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1951 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1952 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1953
1954 return FALSE;
1955 }
1956
1957 return TRUE;
1958}
1959
1960/* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
1961 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
1962
1963asection *
1964bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
1965 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
1966 asection *sec,
1967 unsigned long r_symndx)
1968{
1969 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
1970 asection *s;
1971
1972 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
1973 {
1974 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
1975 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
1976 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
1977 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
1978
1979 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1980 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
1981 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
1982 return NULL;
1983
1984 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
1985 {
1986 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
1987 cache->abfd = abfd;
1988 }
1989 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
1990 cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx;
1991 }
1992
1993 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]);
1994 if (s != NULL)
1995 return s;
1996
1997 return sec;
1998}
1999
2000/* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2001 section. */
2002
2003asection *
2004bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
2005{
2006 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2007 return NULL;
2008 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
2009}
2010
2011static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2012{
2013 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2014 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2015};
2016
2017static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2018{
2019 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2020 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2021};
2022
2023static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2024{
2025 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2026 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2027 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2028 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2029 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2030 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2031 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2032 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2033 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2034 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2035 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2036};
2037
2038static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2039{
2040 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2041 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2042 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2043};
2044
2045static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2046{
2047 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2048 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2049 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2050 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2051 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2052 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2053 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2054 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2055 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2056};
2057
2058static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2059{
2060 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2061 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2062};
2063
2064static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2065{
2066 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2067 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2068 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2069 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2070};
2071
2072static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2073{
2074 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2075 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2076};
2077
2078static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2079{
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2082 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2083};
2084
2085static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2086{
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2089 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2090};
2091
2092static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2093{
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2095 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2096 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2097 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2098 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2099};
2100
2101static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2102{
2103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2106 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2107 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2108 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2109 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2110};
2111
2112static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2113{
2114 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2115 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2116 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2117 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2118};
2119
2120static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2121{
2122 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2123 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2124 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2125 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2126 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2127};
2128
2129static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2130{
2131 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2132 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2133 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2134 NULL, /* 'e' */
2135 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2136 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2137 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2138 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2139 NULL, /* 'j' */
2140 NULL, /* 'k' */
2141 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2142 NULL, /* 'm' */
2143 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2144 NULL, /* 'o' */
2145 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2146 NULL, /* 'q' */
2147 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2148 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2149 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2150 NULL, /* 'u' */
2151 NULL, /* 'v' */
2152 NULL, /* 'w' */
2153 NULL, /* 'x' */
2154 NULL, /* 'y' */
2155 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2156};
2157
2158const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2159_bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2160 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2161 unsigned int rela)
2162{
2163 int i;
2164 int len;
2165
2166 len = strlen (name);
2167
2168 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2169 {
2170 int suffix_len;
2171 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2172
2173 if (len < prefix_len)
2174 continue;
2175 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2176 continue;
2177
2178 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2179 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2180 {
2181 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2182 {
2183 if (suffix_len == 0)
2184 continue;
2185 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2186 && (suffix_len == -2
2187 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2188 continue;
2189 }
2190 }
2191 else
2192 {
2193 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2194 continue;
2195 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2196 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2197 suffix_len) != 0)
2198 continue;
2199 }
2200 return &spec[i];
2201 }
2202
2203 return NULL;
2204}
2205
2206const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2207_bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2208{
2209 int i;
2210 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2211 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2212
2213 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2214 if (sec->name == NULL)
2215 return NULL;
2216
2217 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2218 spec = bed->special_sections;
2219 if (spec)
2220 {
2221 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2222 bed->special_sections,
2223 sec->use_rela_p);
2224 if (spec != NULL)
2225 return spec;
2226 }
2227
2228 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2229 return NULL;
2230
2231 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2232 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2233 return NULL;
2234
2235 spec = special_sections[i];
2236
2237 if (spec == NULL)
2238 return NULL;
2239
2240 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2241}
2242
2243bfd_boolean
2244_bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2245{
2246 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2247 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2248 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2249
2250 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2251 if (sdata == NULL)
2252 {
2253 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2254 if (sdata == NULL)
2255 return FALSE;
2256 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2257 }
2258
2259 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2260 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2261 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2262
2263 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2264 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2265 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2266 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2267 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2268 elf_fake_sections. */
2269 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2270 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2271 {
2272 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2273 if (ssect != NULL)
2274 {
2275 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2276 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2277 }
2278 }
2279
2280 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2281}
2282
2283/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2284
2285 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2286 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2287 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2288 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2289
2290 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2291 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2292 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2293 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2294 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2295 of combined data+bss.
2296
2297 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2298 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2299 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2300 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2301 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2302
2303 */
2304
2305bfd_boolean
2306_bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2307 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2308 int index,
2309 const char *typename)
2310{
2311 asection *newsect;
2312 char *name;
2313 char namebuf[64];
2314 size_t len;
2315 int split;
2316
2317 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2318 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2319 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2320
2321 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2322 {
2323 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2324 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2325 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2326 if (!name)
2327 return FALSE;
2328 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2329 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2330 if (newsect == NULL)
2331 return FALSE;
2332 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2333 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2334 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2335 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2336 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2337 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2338 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2339 {
2340 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2341 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2342 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2343 {
2344 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2345 may be data. */
2346 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2347 }
2348 }
2349 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2350 {
2351 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2352 }
2353 }
2354
2355 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2356 {
2357 bfd_vma align;
2358
2359 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "b" : "");
2360 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2361 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2362 if (!name)
2363 return FALSE;
2364 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2365 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2366 if (newsect == NULL)
2367 return FALSE;
2368 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2369 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2370 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2371 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2372 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2373 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2374 align = hdr->p_align;
2375 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2376 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2377 {
2378 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2379 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2380 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2381 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2382 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2383 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2384 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2385 newsect->size = 0;
2386 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2387 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2388 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2389 }
2390 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2391 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2392 }
2393
2394 return TRUE;
2395}
2396
2397bfd_boolean
2398bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2399{
2400 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2401
2402 switch (hdr->p_type)
2403 {
2404 case PT_NULL:
2405 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2406
2407 case PT_LOAD:
2408 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2409
2410 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2411 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2412
2413 case PT_INTERP:
2414 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2415
2416 case PT_NOTE:
2417 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2418 return FALSE;
2419 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2420 return FALSE;
2421 return TRUE;
2422
2423 case PT_SHLIB:
2424 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2425
2426 case PT_PHDR:
2427 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2428
2429 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2430 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2431 "eh_frame_hdr");
2432
2433 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2434 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2435
2436 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2437 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2438
2439 default:
2440 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2441 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2442 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2443 }
2444}
2445
2446/* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2447 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2448 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2449
2450bfd_boolean
2451_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2452 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2453 asection *asect,
2454 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2455{
2456 char *name;
2457 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2458 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2459
2460 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2461 if (name == NULL)
2462 return FALSE;
2463 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2464 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2465 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2466 FALSE);
2467 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2468 return FALSE;
2469 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2470 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2471 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2472 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2473 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2474 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2475 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2476 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2477 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2478
2479 return TRUE;
2480}
2481
2482/* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2483
2484static void
2485elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2486{
2487 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2488 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2489 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2490 unsigned int sh_type;
2491
2492 if (*failedptr)
2493 {
2494 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2495 loop. */
2496 return;
2497 }
2498
2499 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2500
2501 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2502 asect->name, FALSE);
2503 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2504 {
2505 *failedptr = TRUE;
2506 return;
2507 }
2508
2509 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2510
2511 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2512 || asect->user_set_vma)
2513 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2514 else
2515 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2516
2517 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2518 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2519 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2520 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2521 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2522 copy_private_section_data. */
2523
2524 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2525 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2526
2527 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2528 asect->flags. */
2529 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2530 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2531 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2532 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2533 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2534 sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2535 else
2536 sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2537
2538 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2539 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2540 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2541 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2542 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2543 {
2544 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2545 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2546 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2547 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2548 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2549 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2550 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2551 }
2552
2553 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2554 {
2555 default:
2556 break;
2557
2558 case SHT_STRTAB:
2559 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2560 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2561 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2562 case SHT_NOTE:
2563 case SHT_NOBITS:
2564 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2565 break;
2566
2567 case SHT_HASH:
2568 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2569 break;
2570
2571 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2572 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2573 break;
2574
2575 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2576 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2577 break;
2578
2579 case SHT_RELA:
2580 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2581 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2582 break;
2583
2584 case SHT_REL:
2585 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2586 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2587 break;
2588
2589 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2590 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2591 break;
2592
2593 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2594 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2595 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2596 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2597 zero. */
2598 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2599 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2600 else
2601 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2602 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2603 break;
2604
2605 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2606 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2607 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2608 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2609 zero. */
2610 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2611 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2612 else
2613 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2614 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2615 break;
2616
2617 case SHT_GROUP:
2618 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2619 break;
2620
2621 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2622 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2623 break;
2624 }
2625
2626 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2627 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2628 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2629 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2630 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2631 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2632 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2633 {
2634 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2635 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2636 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2637 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2638 }
2639 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2640 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2641 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2642 {
2643 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2644 if (asect->size == 0
2645 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2646 {
2647 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2648
2649 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2650 if (o != NULL)
2651 {
2652 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2653 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2654 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2655 }
2656 }
2657 }
2658
2659 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2660 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2661 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2662 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2663 *failedptr = TRUE;
2664
2665 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2666 {
2667 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2668 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2669 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2670 }
2671
2672 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2673 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2674 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2675 create the other. */
2676 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2677 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2678 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2679 asect,
2680 asect->use_rela_p))
2681 *failedptr = TRUE;
2682}
2683
2684/* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2685
2686void
2687bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2688{
2689 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2690 unsigned long symindx;
2691 asection *elt, *first;
2692 unsigned char *loc;
2693 bfd_boolean gas;
2694
2695 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2696 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2697 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2698 || *failedptr)
2699 return;
2700
2701 symindx = 0;
2702 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2703 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2704
2705 if (symindx == 0)
2706 {
2707 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2708 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2709 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2710 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2711 else
2712 symindx = sec->target_index;
2713 }
2714 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2715
2716 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2717 gas = TRUE;
2718 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2719 {
2720 gas = FALSE;
2721 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2722
2723 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2724 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2725 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2726 {
2727 *failedptr = TRUE;
2728 return;
2729 }
2730 }
2731
2732 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2733
2734 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2735 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2736 start of the input section group. */
2737 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2738
2739 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2740 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2741 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2742 directives, not that it matters. */
2743 while (elt != NULL)
2744 {
2745 asection *s;
2746 unsigned int idx;
2747
2748 loc -= 4;
2749 s = elt;
2750 if (!gas)
2751 s = s->output_section;
2752 idx = 0;
2753 if (s != NULL)
2754 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2755 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2756 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2757 if (elt == first)
2758 break;
2759 }
2760
2761 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2762 abort ();
2763
2764 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2765}
2766
2767/* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2768 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2769 in here too, while we're at it. */
2770
2771static bfd_boolean
2772assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2773{
2774 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2775 asection *sec;
2776 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2777 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2778 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2779
2780 section_number = 1;
2781
2782 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2783
2784 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2785 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2786 {
2787 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2788 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2789 {
2790 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2791
2792 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2793 {
2794 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2795 {
2796 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2797 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2798 abfd->section_count--;
2799 }
2800 else
2801 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2802 }
2803 }
2804 }
2805
2806 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2807 {
2808 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2809
2810 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2811 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2812 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2813 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2814 d->rel_idx = 0;
2815 else
2816 {
2817 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2818 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2819 }
2820
2821 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2822 {
2823 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2824 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2825 }
2826 else
2827 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2828 }
2829
2830 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2831 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2832 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2833
2834 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2835 {
2836 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2837 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2838 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
2839 {
2840 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2841 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2842 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2843 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2844 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2845 return FALSE;
2846 }
2847 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2848 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2849 }
2850
2851 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2852 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2853
2854 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2855 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2856
2857 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2858 indices. */
2859 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2860 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2861 return FALSE;
2862
2863 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
2864 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
2865 {
2866 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
2867 return FALSE;
2868 }
2869
2870 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
2871
2872 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
2873 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2874 {
2875 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
2876 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
2877 {
2878 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
2879 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2880 }
2881 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
2882 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
2883 }
2884
2885 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2886 {
2887 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
2888 asection *s;
2889 const char *name;
2890
2891 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
2892 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2893 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
2894 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2895 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
2896
2897 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
2898
2899 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
2900 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
2901 the relocation entries apply. */
2902 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2903 {
2904 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2905 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
2906 }
2907 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2908 {
2909 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2910 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
2911 }
2912
2913 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
2914 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
2915 {
2916 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
2917 if (s)
2918 {
2919 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
2920 if (link_info != NULL)
2921 {
2922 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
2923 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
2924 {
2925 asection *kept;
2926 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2927 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
2928 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
2929 s, s->owner);
2930 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
2931 size as the discarded one. */
2932 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
2933 if (kept == NULL)
2934 {
2935 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2936 return FALSE;
2937 }
2938 s = kept;
2939 }
2940
2941 s = s->output_section;
2942 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2943 }
2944 else
2945 {
2946 /* Handle objcopy. */
2947 if (s->output_section == NULL)
2948 {
2949 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2950 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
2951 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
2952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2953 return FALSE;
2954 }
2955 s = s->output_section;
2956 }
2957 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2958 }
2959 else
2960 {
2961 /* PR 290:
2962 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
2963 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
2964 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
2965 where s is NULL. */
2966 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
2967 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2968 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
2969 bed->link_order_error_handler
2970 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
2971 abfd, sec);
2972 }
2973 }
2974
2975 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
2976 {
2977 case SHT_REL:
2978 case SHT_RELA:
2979 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
2980 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
2981 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
2982 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
2983 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
2984 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
2985 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
2986 if (s != NULL)
2987 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2988
2989 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
2990 name = sec->name;
2991 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
2992 name += 4;
2993 else
2994 name += 5;
2995 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
2996 if (s != NULL)
2997 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2998 break;
2999
3000 case SHT_STRTAB:
3001 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3002 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3003 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3004 field to point to this section. */
3005 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3006 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3007 {
3008 size_t len;
3009 char *alc;
3010
3011 len = strlen (sec->name);
3012 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3013 if (alc == NULL)
3014 return FALSE;
3015 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3016 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3017 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3018 free (alc);
3019 if (s != NULL)
3020 {
3021 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3022
3023 /* This is a .stab section. */
3024 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3025 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3026 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3027 }
3028 }
3029 break;
3030
3031 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3032 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3033 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3034 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3035 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3036 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3037 version strings. */
3038 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3039 if (s != NULL)
3040 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3041 break;
3042
3043 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3044 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3045 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3046 the version strings. */
3047 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3048 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3049 if (s != NULL)
3050 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3051 break;
3052
3053 case SHT_HASH:
3054 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
3055 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3056 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3057 this hash table or version table is for. */
3058 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3059 if (s != NULL)
3060 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3061 break;
3062
3063 case SHT_GROUP:
3064 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3065 }
3066 }
3067
3068 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3069 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3070 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3071 else
3072 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3073 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3074 return TRUE;
3075}
3076
3077/* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3078 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3079
3080static bfd_boolean
3081sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3082{
3083 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3084 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3085 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3086 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3087
3088 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3089 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3090 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3091}
3092
3093/* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3094 output. */
3095
3096static bfd_boolean
3097ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3098{
3099 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3100 && !(sym->section->owner == abfd
3101 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
3102 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)));
3103}
3104
3105static bfd_boolean
3106elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3107{
3108 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3109 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3110 asymbol **sect_syms;
3111 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3112 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3113 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3114 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3115 int max_index = 0;
3116 unsigned int idx;
3117 asection *asect;
3118 asymbol **new_syms;
3119
3120#ifdef DEBUG
3121 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3122 fflush (stderr);
3123#endif
3124
3125 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3126 {
3127 if (max_index < asect->index)
3128 max_index = asect->index;
3129 }
3130
3131 max_index++;
3132 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3133 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3134 return FALSE;
3135 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3136 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3137
3138 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3139 decided to output. */
3140 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3141 {
3142 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3143
3144 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3145 && sym->value == 0
3146 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3147 {
3148 asection *sec = sym->section;
3149
3150 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3151 sec = sec->output_section;
3152
3153 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3154 }
3155 }
3156
3157 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3158 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3159 {
3160 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3161 continue;
3162 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3163 num_locals++;
3164 else
3165 num_globals++;
3166 }
3167
3168 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3169 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3170 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3171 at least in that case. */
3172 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3173 {
3174 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3175 {
3176 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3177 num_locals++;
3178 else
3179 num_globals++;
3180 }
3181 }
3182
3183 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3184 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3185
3186 if (new_syms == NULL)
3187 return FALSE;
3188
3189 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3190 {
3191 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3192 unsigned int i;
3193
3194 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3195 continue;
3196 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3197 i = num_locals2++;
3198 else
3199 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3200 new_syms[i] = sym;
3201 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3202 }
3203 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3204 {
3205 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3206 {
3207 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3208 unsigned int i;
3209
3210 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3211 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3212 i = num_locals2++;
3213 else
3214 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3215 new_syms[i] = sym;
3216 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3217 }
3218 }
3219
3220 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3221
3222 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3223 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3224 return TRUE;
3225}
3226
3227/* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3228 ELF data structure. */
3229
3230static inline file_ptr
3231align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3232{
3233 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3234}
3235
3236/* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3237 required section alignment. */
3238
3239file_ptr
3240_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3241 file_ptr offset,
3242 bfd_boolean align)
3243{
3244 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3245 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3246 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3247 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3248 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3249 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3250 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3251 return offset;
3252}
3253
3254/* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3255 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3256 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3257
3258bfd_boolean
3259_bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3260 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3261{
3262 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3263 bfd_boolean failed;
3264 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3265 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3266
3267 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3268 return TRUE;
3269
3270 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3271 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3272 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3273
3274 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3275 return FALSE;
3276
3277 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3278 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3279 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3280
3281 failed = FALSE;
3282 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3283 if (failed)
3284 return FALSE;
3285
3286 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3287 return FALSE;
3288
3289 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3290 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3291 {
3292 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3293 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3294
3295 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3296 return FALSE;
3297 }
3298
3299 if (link_info == NULL)
3300 {
3301 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3302 if (failed)
3303 return FALSE;
3304 }
3305
3306 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3307 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3308 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3309 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3310 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3311 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3312 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3313 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3314 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3315 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3316 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3317
3318 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3319 return FALSE;
3320
3321 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3322 {
3323 file_ptr off;
3324 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3325
3326 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3327
3328 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3329 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3330
3331 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3332 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3333 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3334
3335 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3336 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3337
3338 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3339
3340 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3341 out. */
3342 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3343 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3344 return FALSE;
3345 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3346 }
3347
3348 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3349
3350 return TRUE;
3351}
3352
3353/* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3354 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3355
3356static bfd_size_type
3357get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3358{
3359 size_t segs;
3360 asection *s;
3361 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3362
3363 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3364 and one for data. */
3365 segs = 2;
3366
3367 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3368 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3369 {
3370 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3371 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3372 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3373 targets. */
3374 segs += 2;
3375 }
3376
3377 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3378 {
3379 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3380 ++segs;
3381 }
3382
3383 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
3384 {
3385 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3386 ++segs;
3387 }
3388
3389 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3390 {
3391 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3392 ++segs;
3393 }
3394
3395 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3396 {
3397 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3398 ++segs;
3399 }
3400
3401 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3402 {
3403 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3404 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3405 {
3406 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3407 ++segs;
3408 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3409 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3410 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3411 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3412 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3413 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3414 aligned. */
3415 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3416 while (s->next != NULL
3417 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3418 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3419 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3420 s = s->next;
3421 }
3422 }
3423
3424 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3425 {
3426 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3427 {
3428 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3429 ++segs;
3430 break;
3431 }
3432 }
3433
3434 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3435 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3436 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3437 {
3438 int a;
3439
3440 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3441 if (a == -1)
3442 abort ();
3443 segs += a;
3444 }
3445
3446 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3447}
3448
3449/* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3450
3451Elf_Internal_Phdr *
3452_bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3453{
3454 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3455 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3456
3457 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map,
3458 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3459 m != NULL;
3460 m = m->next, p++)
3461 {
3462 int i;
3463
3464 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3465 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3466 return p;
3467 }
3468
3469 return NULL;
3470}
3471
3472/* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3473
3474static struct elf_segment_map *
3475make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3476 asection **sections,
3477 unsigned int from,
3478 unsigned int to,
3479 bfd_boolean phdr)
3480{
3481 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3482 unsigned int i;
3483 asection **hdrpp;
3484 bfd_size_type amt;
3485
3486 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3487 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3488 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3489 if (m == NULL)
3490 return NULL;
3491 m->next = NULL;
3492 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3493 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3494 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3495 m->count = to - from;
3496
3497 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3498 {
3499 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3500 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3501 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3502 }
3503
3504 return m;
3505}
3506
3507/* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3508 on failure. */
3509
3510struct elf_segment_map *
3511_bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3512{
3513 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3514
3515 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3516 if (m == NULL)
3517 return NULL;
3518 m->next = NULL;
3519 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3520 m->count = 1;
3521 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3522
3523 return m;
3524}
3525
3526/* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3527
3528static bfd_boolean
3529elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3530 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3531 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3532{
3533 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3534 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3535
3536 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3537 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3538 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3539 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3540 removed. */
3541 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3542 while (*m)
3543 {
3544 unsigned int i, new_count;
3545
3546 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3547 {
3548 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3549 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3550 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3551 {
3552 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3553 new_count++;
3554 }
3555 }
3556 (*m)->count = new_count;
3557
3558 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3559 *m = (*m)->next;
3560 else
3561 m = &(*m)->next;
3562 }
3563
3564 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3565 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3566 {
3567 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3568 return FALSE;
3569 }
3570
3571 return TRUE;
3572}
3573
3574/* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3575
3576bfd_boolean
3577_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3578{
3579 unsigned int count;
3580 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3581 asection **sections = NULL;
3582 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3583 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3584
3585 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3586 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3587 {
3588 asection *s;
3589 unsigned int i;
3590 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3591 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3592 asection *last_hdr;
3593 bfd_vma last_size;
3594 unsigned int phdr_index;
3595 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3596 asection **hdrpp;
3597 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3598 bfd_boolean writable;
3599 int tls_count = 0;
3600 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3601 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3602 bfd_size_type amt;
3603
3604 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3605
3606 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3607 if (sections == NULL)
3608 goto error_return;
3609
3610 i = 0;
3611 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3612 {
3613 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3614 {
3615 sections[i] = s;
3616 ++i;
3617 }
3618 }
3619 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3620 count = i;
3621
3622 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3623
3624 /* Build the mapping. */
3625
3626 mfirst = NULL;
3627 pm = &mfirst;
3628
3629 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3630 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3631 section. */
3632 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3633 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3634 {
3635 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3636 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3637 if (m == NULL)
3638 goto error_return;
3639 m->next = NULL;
3640 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3641 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3642 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3643 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3644 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3645
3646 *pm = m;
3647 pm = &m->next;
3648
3649 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3650 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3651 if (m == NULL)
3652 goto error_return;
3653 m->next = NULL;
3654 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3655 m->count = 1;
3656 m->sections[0] = s;
3657
3658 *pm = m;
3659 pm = &m->next;
3660 }
3661
3662 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3663 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3664 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3665 last_hdr = NULL;
3666 last_size = 0;
3667 phdr_index = 0;
3668 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3669 writable = FALSE;
3670 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3671 if (dynsec != NULL
3672 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3673 dynsec = NULL;
3674
3675 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3676 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3677 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3678 program headers we will need. */
3679 if (count > 0)
3680 {
3681 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3682
3683 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3684 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3685 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3686 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3687 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3688 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3689 }
3690
3691 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3692 {
3693 asection *hdr;
3694 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3695
3696 hdr = *hdrpp;
3697
3698 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3699 segment. */
3700
3701 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3702 {
3703 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3704 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3705 new_segment = FALSE;
3706 }
3707 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3708 {
3709 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3710 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3711 segment. */
3712 new_segment = TRUE;
3713 }
3714 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3715 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3716 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3717 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3718 section can be included in the current segment. */
3719 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3720 > last_hdr->lma)
3721 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3722 <= hdr->lma))
3723 {
3724 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3725 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3726 new_segment = TRUE;
3727 }
3728 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3729 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3730 {
3731 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3732 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3733 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3734 new_segment = TRUE;
3735 }
3736 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3737 {
3738 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3739 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3740 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3741 new_segment = FALSE;
3742 }
3743 else if (! writable
3744 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3745 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3746 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3747 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3748 {
3749 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3750 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3751 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3752 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3753 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3754 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3755 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3756 new_segment = TRUE;
3757 }
3758 else
3759 {
3760 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3761 new_segment = FALSE;
3762 }
3763
3764 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3765 if (last_hdr != NULL
3766 && info != NULL
3767 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
3768 new_segment
3769 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
3770 last_hdr,
3771 new_segment);
3772
3773 if (! new_segment)
3774 {
3775 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3776 writable = TRUE;
3777 last_hdr = hdr;
3778 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3779 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3780 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3781 last_size = hdr->size;
3782 else
3783 last_size = 0;
3784 continue;
3785 }
3786
3787 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3788 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3789
3790 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3791 if (m == NULL)
3792 goto error_return;
3793
3794 *pm = m;
3795 pm = &m->next;
3796
3797 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3798 writable = TRUE;
3799 else
3800 writable = FALSE;
3801
3802 last_hdr = hdr;
3803 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3804 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3805 last_size = hdr->size;
3806 else
3807 last_size = 0;
3808 phdr_index = i;
3809 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3810 }
3811
3812 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3813 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3814 {
3815 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3816 if (m == NULL)
3817 goto error_return;
3818
3819 *pm = m;
3820 pm = &m->next;
3821 }
3822
3823 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3824 if (dynsec != NULL)
3825 {
3826 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3827 if (m == NULL)
3828 goto error_return;
3829 *pm = m;
3830 pm = &m->next;
3831 }
3832
3833 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
3834 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
3835 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
3836 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
3837 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
3838 bogus anyhow. */
3839 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3840 {
3841 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3842 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3843 {
3844 asection *s2;
3845 unsigned count = 1;
3846 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3847 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3848 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
3849 {
3850 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
3851 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3852 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
3853 && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2)
3854 == s2->next->vma)
3855 count++;
3856 else
3857 break;
3858 }
3859 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3860 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3861 if (m == NULL)
3862 goto error_return;
3863 m->next = NULL;
3864 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3865 m->count = count;
3866 while (count > 1)
3867 {
3868 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
3869 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3870 s = s->next;
3871 }
3872 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
3873 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3874 *pm = m;
3875 pm = &m->next;
3876 }
3877 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3878 {
3879 if (! tls_count)
3880 first_tls = s;
3881 tls_count++;
3882 }
3883 }
3884
3885 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3886 if (tls_count > 0)
3887 {
3888 int i;
3889
3890 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3891 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3892 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3893 if (m == NULL)
3894 goto error_return;
3895 m->next = NULL;
3896 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3897 m->count = tls_count;
3898 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3899 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3900 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3901 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3902 {
3903 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3904 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3905 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3906 }
3907
3908 *pm = m;
3909 pm = &m->next;
3910 }
3911
3912 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3913 segment. */
3914 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3915 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3916 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3917 {
3918 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3919 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3920 if (m == NULL)
3921 goto error_return;
3922 m->next = NULL;
3923 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3924 m->count = 1;
3925 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3926
3927 *pm = m;
3928 pm = &m->next;
3929 }
3930
3931 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3932 {
3933 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3934 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3935 if (m == NULL)
3936 goto error_return;
3937 m->next = NULL;
3938 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3939 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3940 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3941
3942 *pm = m;
3943 pm = &m->next;
3944 }
3945
3946 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
3947 {
3948 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3949 {
3950 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD)
3951 {
3952 asection *last = m->sections[m->count - 1];
3953 bfd_vma vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
3954 bfd_vma filesz = last->vma - vaddr + last->size;
3955
3956 if (vaddr < info->relro_end
3957 && vaddr >= info->relro_start
3958 && (vaddr + filesz) >= info->relro_end)
3959 break;
3960 }
3961 }
3962
3963 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
3964 if (m != NULL)
3965 {
3966 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3967 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3968 if (m == NULL)
3969 goto error_return;
3970 m->next = NULL;
3971 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3972 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3973 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3974
3975 *pm = m;
3976 pm = &m->next;
3977 }
3978 }
3979
3980 free (sections);
3981 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3982 }
3983
3984 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
3985 return FALSE;
3986
3987 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3988 ++count;
3989 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3990
3991 return TRUE;
3992
3993 error_return:
3994 if (sections != NULL)
3995 free (sections);
3996 return FALSE;
3997}
3998
3999/* Sort sections by address. */
4000
4001static int
4002elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4003{
4004 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4005 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4006 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4007
4008 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4009 place the section into a segment. */
4010 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4011 return -1;
4012 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4013 return 1;
4014
4015 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4016 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4017 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4018 return -1;
4019 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4020 return 1;
4021
4022 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4023
4024#define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4025
4026 if (TOEND (sec1))
4027 {
4028 if (TOEND (sec2))
4029 {
4030 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4031 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4032 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4033 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4034 }
4035 else
4036 return 1;
4037 }
4038 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4039 return -1;
4040
4041#undef TOEND
4042
4043 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4044 before others at the same address. */
4045
4046 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4047 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4048
4049 if (size1 < size2)
4050 return -1;
4051 if (size1 > size2)
4052 return 1;
4053
4054 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4055}
4056
4057/* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4058
4059 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4060 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4061 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4062 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4063 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4064 which is wrong.
4065
4066 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4067 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4068 the page size.'' */
4069/* In other words, something like:
4070
4071 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4072 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4073 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4074 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4075 else
4076 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4077
4078 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4079
4080static file_ptr
4081vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4082{
4083 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4084}
4085
4086static void
4087print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4088{
4089 unsigned int j;
4090 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4091 char buf[32];
4092
4093 if (pt == NULL)
4094 {
4095 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4096 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4097 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4098 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4099 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4100 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4101 else
4102 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4103 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4104 pt = buf;
4105 }
4106 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4107 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4108 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4109 putc ('\n',stderr);
4110}
4111
4112/* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4113 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4114 the file header. */
4115
4116static bfd_boolean
4117assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4118 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4119{
4120 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4121 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4122 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4123 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4124 file_ptr off;
4125 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4126 unsigned int alloc;
4127 unsigned int i, j;
4128
4129 if (link_info == NULL
4130 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
4131 return FALSE;
4132
4133 alloc = 0;
4134 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4135 ++alloc;
4136
4137 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4138 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4139 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4140
4141 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4142 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4143 else
4144 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4145 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4146
4147 if (alloc == 0)
4148 {
4149 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4150 return TRUE;
4151 }
4152
4153 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4154 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4155 if (phdrs == NULL)
4156 return FALSE;
4157
4158 maxpagesize = 1;
4159 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4160 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4161
4162 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4163 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4164
4165 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4166 m != NULL;
4167 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4168 {
4169 asection **secpp;
4170 bfd_vma off_adjust;
4171 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4172
4173 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4174 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4175 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4176 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4177 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4178 if (m->count > 1
4179 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4180 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4181 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4182 elf_sort_sections);
4183
4184 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4185 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4186 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4187 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4188 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4189 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4190 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4191
4192 if (m->count == 0)
4193 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4194 else
4195 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4196
4197 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4198 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4199 else if (m->count == 0)
4200 p->p_paddr = 0;
4201 else
4202 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4203
4204 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4205 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4206 {
4207 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4208 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4209 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4210 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4211 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4212 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4213 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4214 segment. */
4215 if (m->p_align_valid)
4216 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4217
4218 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4219 }
4220 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4221 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4222 else if (m->count == 0)
4223 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4224 else
4225 p->p_align = 0;
4226
4227 no_contents = FALSE;
4228 off_adjust = 0;
4229 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4230 && m->count > 0)
4231 {
4232 bfd_size_type align;
4233 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4234
4235 if (m->p_align_valid)
4236 align = p->p_align;
4237 else
4238 {
4239 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4240 {
4241 unsigned int secalign;
4242
4243 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4244 if (secalign > align_power)
4245 align_power = secalign;
4246 }
4247 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4248 if (align < maxpagesize)
4249 align = maxpagesize;
4250 }
4251
4252 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4253 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4254 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4255 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4256 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4257 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4258
4259 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4260 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4261 holds for any other sections. */
4262 i = 0;
4263 while (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) == SHT_NOBITS)
4264 {
4265 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4266 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4267 has any loadable sections. */
4268 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[i]) & SHF_TLS) == 0
4269 || ++i >= m->count)
4270 {
4271 no_contents = TRUE;
4272 break;
4273 }
4274 }
4275
4276 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4277 off += off_adjust;
4278 if (no_contents)
4279 {
4280 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4281 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4282 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4283 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4284 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4285 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4286 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4287 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4288 }
4289 else
4290 off_adjust = 0;
4291 }
4292 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4293 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4294 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4295 && m->count > 1
4296 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4297 {
4298 _bfd_error_handler
4299 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4300 abfd);
4301 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4302 return FALSE;
4303 }
4304 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4305 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4306 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4307 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4308
4309 p->p_offset = 0;
4310 p->p_filesz = 0;
4311 p->p_memsz = 0;
4312
4313 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4314 {
4315 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4316 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4317 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4318 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4319 if (m->count > 0)
4320 {
4321 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4322
4323 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4324 {
4325 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4326 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4327 abfd);
4328 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4329 return FALSE;
4330 }
4331
4332 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4333 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4334 p->p_paddr -= off;
4335 }
4336 }
4337
4338 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4339 {
4340 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4341 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4342
4343 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4344 {
4345 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4346
4347 if (m->count > 0)
4348 {
4349 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4350 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4351 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4352 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4353 }
4354 }
4355
4356 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4357 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4358 }
4359
4360 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4361 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4362 {
4363 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4364 p->p_offset = off;
4365 else
4366 {
4367 file_ptr adjust;
4368
4369 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4370 if (!no_contents)
4371 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4372 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4373 }
4374 }
4375
4376 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4377 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4378 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4379 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4380 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4381 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4382 {
4383 asection *sec;
4384 bfd_size_type align;
4385 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4386
4387 sec = *secpp;
4388 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4389 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4390
4391 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4392 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4393 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4394 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4395 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4396 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
4397 {
4398 bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->vma - (p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz);
4399
4400 if (adjust < 0)
4401 {
4402 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4403 (_("%B: section %A vma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4404 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->vma);
4405 adjust = 0;
4406 }
4407 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4408
4409 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4410 {
4411 off += adjust;
4412 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4413 }
4414 }
4415
4416 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4417 {
4418 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4419 everything. */
4420 if (i == 0)
4421 {
4422 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4423 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4424 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4425 p->p_memsz = 0;
4426 p->p_align = 1;
4427 }
4428 else
4429 {
4430 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4431 sec->filepos = 0;
4432 sec->size = 0;
4433 sec->flags = 0;
4434 continue;
4435 }
4436 }
4437 else
4438 {
4439 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4440 {
4441 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4442 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4443 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4444 }
4445
4446 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4447 {
4448 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4449 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4450 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4451 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4452 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4453 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4454 }
4455 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4456 {
4457 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4458 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4459
4460 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4461 normal segments. */
4462 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4463 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4464 }
4465
4466 if (align > p->p_align
4467 && !m->p_align_valid
4468 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4469 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4470 p->p_align = align;
4471 }
4472
4473 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4474 {
4475 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4476 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4477 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4478 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4479 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4480 }
4481 }
4482 off -= off_adjust;
4483
4484 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4485 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4486 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4487 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4488 {
4489 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4490 asection *sec;
4491
4492 sec = *secpp;
4493 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4494 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0
4495 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p))
4496 {
4497 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4498 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4499 abfd, sec, j);
4500 print_segment_map (m);
4501 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4502 return FALSE;
4503 }
4504 }
4505 }
4506
4507 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4508 return TRUE;
4509}
4510
4511/* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4512
4513static bfd_boolean
4514assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4515 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4516{
4517 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4518 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4519 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4520 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4521 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4522 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4523 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4524 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4525 file_ptr off;
4526 unsigned int num_sec;
4527 unsigned int i;
4528 unsigned int count;
4529
4530 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4531 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4532 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4533 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4534 {
4535 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4536 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4537
4538 hdr = *hdrpp;
4539 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4540 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4541 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4542 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4543 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4544 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4545 {
4546 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4547 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4548 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4549 abfd,
4550 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4551 ? "*unknown*"
4552 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4553 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4554 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4555 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4556 bed->maxpagesize);
4557 else
4558 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4559 hdr->sh_addralign);
4560 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4561 FALSE);
4562 }
4563 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4564 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4565 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4566 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4567 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4568 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4569 else
4570 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4571 }
4572
4573 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4574 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4575 count = 0;
4576 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4577 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4578 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4579 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4580 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4581 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4582 m != NULL;
4583 m = m->next, p++)
4584 {
4585 ++count;
4586 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4587 continue;
4588
4589 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4590 {
4591 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4592 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4593 }
4594 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4595 {
4596 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4597 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4598 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4599 {
4600 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4601 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4602 }
4603 }
4604 }
4605
4606 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4607 m != NULL;
4608 m = m->next, p++)
4609 {
4610 if (m->count != 0)
4611 {
4612 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4613 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
4614 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4615 {
4616 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4617 asection *sect;
4618
4619 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4620
4621 sect = m->sections[m->count - 1];
4622 hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
4623 p->p_filesz = sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos;
4624 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4625 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4626
4627 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4628 {
4629 /* When we get here, we are copying executable
4630 or shared library. But we need to use the same
4631 linker logic. */
4632 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4633
4634 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4635 {
4636 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4637 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
4638 break;
4639 }
4640
4641 if (lp < phdrs + count)
4642 {
4643 /* We should use p_size if it is valid since it
4644 may contain the first few bytes of the next
4645 SEC_ALLOC section. */
4646 if (m->p_size_valid)
4647 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
4648 else
4649 abort ();
4650 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4651 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4652 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4653 p->p_align = 1;
4654 }
4655 else
4656 abort ();
4657 }
4658 else
4659 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4660 }
4661 }
4662 else
4663 {
4664 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4665 {
4666 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4667 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4668 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4669 }
4670 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4671 {
4672 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4673 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4674 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4675 }
4676 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4677 {
4678 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4679
4680 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4681 {
4682 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4683 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4684 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4685 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4686 >= link_info->relro_end))
4687 break;
4688 }
4689
4690 if (lp < phdrs + count
4691 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4692 {
4693 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4694 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4695 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4696 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4697 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4698 p->p_align = 1;
4699 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4700 }
4701 else
4702 {
4703 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4704 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4705 }
4706 }
4707 }
4708 }
4709
4710 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4711
4712 return TRUE;
4713}
4714
4715/* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4716 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4717 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4718
4719 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4720 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4721 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4722 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4723 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4724 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4725 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4726
4727 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4728
4729static bfd_boolean
4730assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4731 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4732{
4733 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4734 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4735 file_ptr off;
4736 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4737
4738 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4739 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4740 {
4741 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4742 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4743 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4744 unsigned int i;
4745
4746 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4747 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4748
4749 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4750 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4751 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4752 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4753 {
4754 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4755
4756 hdr = *hdrpp;
4757 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4758 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4759 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4760 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4761 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4762 {
4763 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4764 }
4765 else
4766 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4767 }
4768 }
4769 else
4770 {
4771 unsigned int alloc;
4772
4773 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4774 assignment of sections to segments. */
4775 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4776 return FALSE;
4777
4778 /* And for non-load sections. */
4779 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4780 return FALSE;
4781
4782 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4783 {
4784 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4785 return FALSE;
4786 }
4787
4788 /* Write out the program headers. */
4789 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4790 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4791 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4792 return FALSE;
4793
4794 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4795 }
4796
4797 /* Place the section headers. */
4798 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4799 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4800 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4801
4802 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4803
4804 return TRUE;
4805}
4806
4807static bfd_boolean
4808prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4809{
4810 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4811 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4812 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4813 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4814
4815 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4816
4817 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4818 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4819 return FALSE;
4820
4821 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4822
4823 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4824 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4825 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4826 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4827
4828 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4829 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4830 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4831 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4832
4833 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4834 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4835 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4836 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4837 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4838 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4839 else
4840 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4841
4842 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4843 {
4844 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4845 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4846 break;
4847
4848 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4849 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4850 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4851 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4852 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4853 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4854 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4855 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4856 default:
4857 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4858 }
4859
4860 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4861 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4862
4863 /* No program header, for now. */
4864 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4865 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4866 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4867
4868 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4869 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4870 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4871
4872 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4873 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4874 /* It all happens later. */
4875 ;
4876 else
4877 {
4878 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4879 i_phdrp = 0;
4880 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4881 }
4882
4883 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4884 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4885 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4886 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4887 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4888 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4889 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4890 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4891 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4892 return FALSE;
4893
4894 return TRUE;
4895}
4896
4897/* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4898 of the loadable file image. */
4899
4900void
4901_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4902{
4903 file_ptr off;
4904 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4905 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4906
4907 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4908
4909 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4910 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4911 {
4912 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4913
4914 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4915 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4916 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4917 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4918 }
4919
4920 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4921}
4922
4923bfd_boolean
4924_bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4925{
4926 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4927 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4928 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4929 bfd_boolean failed;
4930 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4931
4932 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4933 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4934 return FALSE;
4935
4936 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4937 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4938
4939 failed = FALSE;
4940 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4941 if (failed)
4942 return FALSE;
4943
4944 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4945
4946 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4947 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4948 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4949 {
4950 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4951 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4952 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4953 {
4954 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4955
4956 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4957 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4958 return FALSE;
4959 }
4960 }
4961
4962 /* Write out the section header names. */
4963 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4964 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4965 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4966 return FALSE;
4967
4968 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4969 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4970 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4971
4972 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
4973 return FALSE;
4974
4975 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
4976 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
4977 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
4978
4979 return TRUE;
4980}
4981
4982bfd_boolean
4983_bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4984{
4985 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4986 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4987}
4988
4989/* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4990
4991unsigned int
4992_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4993{
4994 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4995 unsigned int index;
4996
4997 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4998 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4999 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5000
5001 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5002 index = SHN_ABS;
5003 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5004 index = SHN_COMMON;
5005 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5006 index = SHN_UNDEF;
5007 else
5008 index = SHN_BAD;
5009
5010 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5011 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5012 {
5013 int retval = index;
5014
5015 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5016 return retval;
5017 }
5018
5019 if (index == SHN_BAD)
5020 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5021
5022 return index;
5023}
5024
5025/* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5026 on error. */
5027
5028int
5029_bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5030{
5031 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5032 int idx;
5033 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5034
5035 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5036 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5037 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5038 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5039 input sections rather than the output section. */
5040 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5041 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5042 && asym_ptr->section)
5043 {
5044 asection *sec;
5045 int indx;
5046
5047 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5048 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5049 sec = sec->output_section;
5050 if (sec->owner == abfd
5051 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5052 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5053 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5054 }
5055
5056 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5057
5058 if (idx == 0)
5059 {
5060 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5061 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5062 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5063 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5064 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5065 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5066 return -1;
5067 }
5068
5069#if DEBUG & 4
5070 {
5071 fprintf (stderr,
5072 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5073 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5074 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5075 fflush (stderr);
5076 }
5077#endif
5078
5079 return idx;
5080}
5081
5082/* Rewrite program header information. */
5083
5084static bfd_boolean
5085rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5086{
5087 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5088 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5089 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5090 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5091 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5092 asection *section;
5093 unsigned int i;
5094 unsigned int num_segments;
5095 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5096 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
5097 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5098 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5099 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5100 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5101
5102 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5103 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5104
5105 map_first = NULL;
5106 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5107
5108 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5109 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5110
5111 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5112#define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5113 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5114 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5115
5116#define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5117 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5118 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5119 ? section->size : 0)
5120
5121 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5122 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5123#define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5124 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5125 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5126 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5127
5128 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5129 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5130#define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5131 (section->lma >= base \
5132 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5133 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5134
5135 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5136#define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5137 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5138 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5139 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5140 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5141 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5142
5143 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5144 etc. */
5145#define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5146 (IS_NOTE (p, s) \
5147 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5148 && s->vma == 0 \
5149 && s->lma == 0)
5150
5151 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5152 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5153 p_memsz set to 0. */
5154#define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5155 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5156 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5157 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5158 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5159 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5160 && s->size > 0 \
5161 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5162 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5163 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5164
5165 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5166 A section will be included if:
5167 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5168 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5169 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5170 segment.
5171 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5172 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5173 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5174 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5175 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5176 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5177 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5178#define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5179 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5180 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5181 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5182 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5183 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5184 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5185 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5186 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5187 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5188 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5189 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5190 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5191 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5192 || (segment->p_paddr \
5193 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5194 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5195 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5196 == 0)) \
5197 && !section->segment_mark)
5198
5199/* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5200 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5201#define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5202 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5203 && section->output_section != NULL)
5204
5205 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5206#define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5207 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5208
5209 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5210 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5211 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5212 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5213 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5214 LMA. */
5215#define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5216 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5217 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5218 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5219 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5220
5221 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5222 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5223 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5224
5225 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5226 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5227 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5228 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5229 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
5230 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5231 i < num_segments;
5232 i++, segment++)
5233 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
5234 {
5235 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
5236 break;
5237 }
5238
5239 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5240 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5241 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5242 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5243 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5244 i < num_segments;
5245 i++, segment++)
5246 {
5247 unsigned int j;
5248 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5249
5250 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5251 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5252 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5253 {
5254 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5255 assignment code will work. */
5256 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5257 break;
5258 }
5259
5260 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5261 {
5262 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5263 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5264 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5265 continue;
5266 }
5267
5268 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5269 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5270 {
5271 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5272
5273 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5274 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5275 continue;
5276
5277 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5278 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5279 {
5280 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5281 SEGMENT. */
5282 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5283 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5284
5285 if (extra_length > 0)
5286 {
5287 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5288 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5289 }
5290
5291 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5292
5293 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5294 i = 0;
5295 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5296 break;
5297 }
5298 else
5299 {
5300 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5301 SEGMENT2. */
5302 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5303 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5304
5305 if (extra_length > 0)
5306 {
5307 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5308 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5309 }
5310
5311 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5312 }
5313 }
5314 }
5315
5316 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5317 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5318 i < num_segments;
5319 i++, segment++)
5320 {
5321 unsigned int section_count;
5322 asection **sections;
5323 asection *output_section;
5324 unsigned int isec;
5325 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5326 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5327 unsigned int j;
5328 bfd_size_type amt;
5329 asection *first_section;
5330 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5331 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5332
5333 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5334 continue;
5335
5336 first_section = NULL;
5337 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5338 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5339 section != NULL;
5340 section = section->next)
5341 {
5342 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5343 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5344 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5345 {
5346 if (first_section == NULL)
5347 first_section = section;
5348 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5349 ++section_count;
5350 }
5351 }
5352
5353 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5354 all of the sections we have selected. */
5355 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5356 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5357 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5358 if (map == NULL)
5359 return FALSE;
5360
5361 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5362 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5363 map->next = NULL;
5364 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5365 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5366 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5367
5368 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5369 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5370 output segment. */
5371 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5372 {
5373 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5374 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5375 }
5376
5377 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5378 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5379 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5380 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5381 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5382
5383 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5384 {
5385 map->includes_phdrs =
5386 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5387 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5388 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5389 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5390
5391 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5392 phdr_included = TRUE;
5393 }
5394
5395 if (section_count == 0)
5396 {
5397 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5398 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5399 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5400 a warning is produced. */
5401 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5402 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5403 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5404 ibfd);
5405
5406 map->count = 0;
5407 *pointer_to_map = map;
5408 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5409
5410 continue;
5411 }
5412
5413 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5414 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5415 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5416 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5417
5418 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5419 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5420 input BFD.
5421
5422 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5423 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5424 of the first section.
5425
5426 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5427 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5428 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5429 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5430 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5431
5432 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5433 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5434 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5435 or segments to contain the other sections.
5436
5437 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5438 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5439 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5440
5441 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5442 if (sections == NULL)
5443 return FALSE;
5444
5445 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5446 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5447 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5448 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5449 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5450 more to do. */
5451 isec = 0;
5452 matching_lma = 0;
5453 suggested_lma = 0;
5454 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5455 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5456
5457 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5458 section != NULL;
5459 section = section->next)
5460 if (section == first_section)
5461 break;
5462
5463 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5464 {
5465 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5466 {
5467 output_section = section->output_section;
5468
5469 sections[j++] = section;
5470
5471 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5472 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5473 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5474 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5475 if (!p_paddr_valid
5476 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5477 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5478 && isec == 0
5479 && output_section->lma != 0
5480 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5481 + (map->includes_filehdr
5482 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5483 : 0)
5484 + (map->includes_phdrs
5485 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5486 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5487 : 0)))
5488 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5489
5490 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5491 LMA address of the output section. */
5492 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5493 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5494 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5495 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5496 {
5497 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5498 {
5499 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5500 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5501 }
5502
5503 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5504 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5505 segment. */
5506 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5507 }
5508 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5509 {
5510 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5511 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5512 }
5513
5514 if (j == section_count)
5515 break;
5516 }
5517 }
5518
5519 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5520
5521 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5522 if necessary. */
5523 if (isec == section_count)
5524 {
5525 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5526 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5527 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5528 program header in the input BFD. */
5529 map->count = section_count;
5530 *pointer_to_map = map;
5531 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5532
5533 if (p_paddr_valid
5534 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5535 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5536 && !map->includes_filehdr
5537 && !map->includes_phdrs)
5538 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5539 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5540 segment's vma. */
5541 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5542
5543 free (sections);
5544 continue;
5545 }
5546 else
5547 {
5548 if (!first_matching_lma)
5549 {
5550 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5551 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5552 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5553 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5554 }
5555 else
5556 {
5557 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5558 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5559 the LMA of the first section. */
5560 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5561 }
5562
5563 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5564 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5565 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5566 {
5567 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
5568 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5569 else
5570 {
5571 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
5572 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5573 }
5574 }
5575
5576 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5577 {
5578 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5579 {
5580 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5581
5582 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5583 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5584 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5585 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5586 offset when we know the correct value. */
5587 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5588 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5589 }
5590 else
5591 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5592 }
5593 }
5594
5595 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5596 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5597 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5598 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5599 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5600 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5601 the loop. */
5602 isec = 0;
5603 do
5604 {
5605 map->count = 0;
5606 suggested_lma = 0;
5607 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5608
5609 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5610 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5611 {
5612 section = sections[j];
5613
5614 if (section == NULL)
5615 continue;
5616
5617 output_section = section->output_section;
5618
5619 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5620
5621 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5622 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5623 {
5624 if (map->count == 0)
5625 {
5626 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5627 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5628 wrong. */
5629 if (output_section->lma
5630 != (map->p_paddr
5631 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5632 + (map->includes_phdrs
5633 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5634 : 0)))
5635 abort ();
5636 }
5637 else
5638 {
5639 asection *prev_sec;
5640
5641 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5642
5643 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5644 and the start of this section is more than
5645 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5646 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5647 maxpagesize)
5648 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5649 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
5650 > output_section->lma))
5651 {
5652 if (first_suggested_lma)
5653 {
5654 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5655 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5656 }
5657
5658 continue;
5659 }
5660 }
5661
5662 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5663 ++isec;
5664 sections[j] = NULL;
5665 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5666 }
5667 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5668 {
5669 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5670 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5671 }
5672 }
5673
5674 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5675
5676 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5677 *pointer_to_map = map;
5678 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5679
5680 if (isec < section_count)
5681 {
5682 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5683 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5684 and carry on looping. */
5685 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5686 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5687 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5688 if (map == NULL)
5689 {
5690 free (sections);
5691 return FALSE;
5692 }
5693
5694 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5695 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5696 not yet been assigned. */
5697 map->next = NULL;
5698 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5699 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5700 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5701 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5702 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5703 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5704 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5705 }
5706 }
5707 while (isec < section_count);
5708
5709 free (sections);
5710 }
5711
5712 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5713
5714 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5715 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5716 the offset if necessary. */
5717 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5718 {
5719 unsigned int count;
5720
5721 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5722 count++;
5723
5724 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5725 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5726 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5727 }
5728
5729#undef SEGMENT_END
5730#undef SECTION_SIZE
5731#undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5732#undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5733#undef IS_NOTE
5734#undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5735#undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5736#undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5737#undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5738#undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5739#undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5740 return TRUE;
5741}
5742
5743/* Copy ELF program header information. */
5744
5745static bfd_boolean
5746copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5747{
5748 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5749 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5750 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5751 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5752 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5753 unsigned int i;
5754 unsigned int num_segments;
5755 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5756 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
5757
5758 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5759
5760 map_first = NULL;
5761 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5762
5763 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
5764 map->p_paddr_valid. */
5765 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
5766 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5767 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5768 i < num_segments;
5769 i++, segment++)
5770 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
5771 {
5772 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
5773 break;
5774 }
5775
5776 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5777 i < num_segments;
5778 i++, segment++)
5779 {
5780 asection *section;
5781 unsigned int section_count;
5782 bfd_size_type amt;
5783 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5784 asection *first_section = NULL;
5785 asection *lowest_section = NULL;
5786
5787 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5788 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5789 section != NULL;
5790 section = section->next)
5791 {
5792 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5793 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5794 {
5795 if (!first_section)
5796 first_section = lowest_section = section;
5797 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
5798 lowest_section = section;
5799 section_count++;
5800 }
5801 }
5802
5803 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5804 all of the sections we have selected. */
5805 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5806 if (section_count != 0)
5807 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5808 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5809 if (map == NULL)
5810 return FALSE;
5811
5812 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5813 input segment. */
5814 map->next = NULL;
5815 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5816 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5817 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5818 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5819 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5820 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5821 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5822 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
5823
5824 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
5825 && segment->p_filesz == segment->p_memsz)
5826 {
5827 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
5828 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
5829 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
5830 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5831 map->p_size = segment->p_filesz;
5832 map->p_size_valid = 1;
5833 }
5834
5835 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5836 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5837 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5838 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5839
5840 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5841 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5842 {
5843 map->includes_phdrs =
5844 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5845 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5846 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5847 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5848
5849 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5850 phdr_included = TRUE;
5851 }
5852
5853 if (!map->includes_phdrs
5854 && !map->includes_filehdr
5855 && map->p_paddr_valid)
5856 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5857 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
5858 - segment->p_paddr);
5859
5860 if (section_count != 0)
5861 {
5862 unsigned int isec = 0;
5863
5864 for (section = first_section;
5865 section != NULL;
5866 section = section->next)
5867 {
5868 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5869 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5870 {
5871 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5872 if (isec == section_count)
5873 break;
5874 }
5875 }
5876 }
5877
5878 map->count = section_count;
5879 *pointer_to_map = map;
5880 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5881 }
5882
5883 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5884 return TRUE;
5885}
5886
5887/* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5888 information. */
5889
5890static bfd_boolean
5891copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5892{
5893 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5894 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5895 return TRUE;
5896
5897 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5898 return TRUE;
5899
5900 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5901 {
5902 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5903 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5904 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5905 asection *section, *osec;
5906 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5907 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5908 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5909
5910 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5911
5912 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
5913 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5914 goto rewrite;
5915
5916 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5917 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5918 section = section->next)
5919 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5920
5921 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5922 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5923 i < num_segments;
5924 i++, segment++)
5925 {
5926 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5927 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5928 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5929 map in this case. */
5930 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5931 && segment->p_memsz == 0
5932 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
5933 goto rewrite;
5934
5935 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5936 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5937 {
5938 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5939 from the input BFD. */
5940 osec = section->output_section;
5941 if (osec)
5942 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5943
5944 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5945 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5946 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5947 {
5948 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5949 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5950 if (osec == NULL
5951 || section->flags != osec->flags
5952 || section->lma != osec->lma
5953 || section->vma != osec->vma
5954 || section->size != osec->size
5955 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5956 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5957 goto rewrite;
5958 }
5959 }
5960 }
5961
5962 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5963 input BFD. */
5964 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5965 section = section->next)
5966 {
5967 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5968 goto rewrite;
5969 else
5970 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5971 }
5972
5973 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5974 }
5975
5976rewrite:
5977 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5978}
5979
5980/* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5981
5982bfd_boolean
5983_bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5984 asection *isec,
5985 bfd *obfd,
5986 asection *osec,
5987 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5988
5989{
5990 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5991 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5992
5993 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5994 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5995 return TRUE;
5996
5997 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5998 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5999 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
6000 section flags. */
6001 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
6002 && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags))
6003 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
6004
6005 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6006 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
6007 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
6008
6009 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6010 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6011 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6012 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6013 if (need_group)
6014 {
6015 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
6016 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
6017 {
6018 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
6019 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
6020 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6021 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
6022 }
6023 }
6024
6025 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6026
6027 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6028 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6029 may be NULL at this point. */
6030 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
6031 {
6032 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6033 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
6034 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
6035 }
6036
6037 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
6038
6039 return TRUE;
6040}
6041
6042/* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6043 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6044
6045bfd_boolean
6046_bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6047 asection *isec,
6048 bfd *obfd,
6049 asection *osec)
6050{
6051 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6052
6053 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6054 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6055 return TRUE;
6056
6057 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6058 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6059
6060 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6061
6062 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6063 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6064 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6065 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6066 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6067
6068 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6069 NULL);
6070}
6071
6072/* Copy private header information. */
6073
6074bfd_boolean
6075_bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6076{
6077 asection *isec;
6078
6079 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6080 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6081 return TRUE;
6082
6083 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6084 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6085 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6086 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6087 already been worked out. */
6088 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6089 {
6090 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6091 return FALSE;
6092 }
6093
6094 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6095 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6096 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6097 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP
6098 && isec->output_section == NULL)
6099 {
6100 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6101 asection *s = first;
6102 while (s != NULL)
6103 {
6104 if (s->output_section != NULL)
6105 {
6106 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6107 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6108 }
6109 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6110 if (s == first)
6111 break;
6112 }
6113 }
6114
6115 return TRUE;
6116}
6117
6118/* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6119 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6120 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6121 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6122 swap_out_syms function. */
6123
6124#define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6125#define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6126#define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6127#define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6128#define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6129
6130bfd_boolean
6131_bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6132 asymbol *isymarg,
6133 bfd *obfd,
6134 asymbol *osymarg)
6135{
6136 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6137
6138 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6139 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6140 return TRUE;
6141
6142 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6143 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6144
6145 if (isym != NULL
6146 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6147 && osym != NULL
6148 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6149 {
6150 unsigned int shndx;
6151
6152 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6153 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6154 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6155 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6156 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6157 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6158 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
6159 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6160 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6161 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6162 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6163 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6164 }
6165
6166 return TRUE;
6167}
6168
6169/* Swap out the symbols. */
6170
6171static bfd_boolean
6172swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6173 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6174 int relocatable_p)
6175{
6176 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6177 int symcount;
6178 asymbol **syms;
6179 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6180 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6181 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6182 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6183 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6184 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6185 int idx;
6186 bfd_size_type amt;
6187 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6188
6189 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6190 return FALSE;
6191
6192 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6193 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6194 if (stt == NULL)
6195 return FALSE;
6196
6197 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6198 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6199 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6200 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6201 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6202 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6203 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6204 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6205
6206 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6207 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6208
6209 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6210 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6211 {
6212 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6213 return FALSE;
6214 }
6215 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6216
6217 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6218 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6219 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6220 {
6221 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6222 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6223 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6224 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6225 {
6226 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6227 return FALSE;
6228 }
6229
6230 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6231 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6232 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6233 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6234 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6235 }
6236
6237 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6238 {
6239 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6240 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6241 sym.st_name = 0;
6242 sym.st_value = 0;
6243 sym.st_size = 0;
6244 sym.st_info = 0;
6245 sym.st_other = 0;
6246 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6247 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6248 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6249 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6250 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6251 }
6252
6253 name_local_sections
6254 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6255 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6256
6257 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6258 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6259 {
6260 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6261 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6262 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6263 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6264 int type;
6265
6266 if (!name_local_sections
6267 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6268 {
6269 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6270 sym.st_name = 0;
6271 }
6272 else
6273 {
6274 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6275 syms[idx]->name,
6276 TRUE, FALSE);
6277 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6278 {
6279 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6280 return FALSE;
6281 }
6282 }
6283
6284 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6285
6286 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6287 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6288 {
6289 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6290 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6291 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6292 sym.st_size = value;
6293 if (type_ptr == NULL
6294 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6295 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6296 else
6297 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6298 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6299 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6300 }
6301 else
6302 {
6303 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6304 unsigned int shndx;
6305
6306 if (sec->output_section)
6307 {
6308 value += sec->output_offset;
6309 sec = sec->output_section;
6310 }
6311
6312 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6313 if (! relocatable_p)
6314 value += sec->vma;
6315 sym.st_value = value;
6316 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6317
6318 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6319 && type_ptr != NULL
6320 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6321 {
6322 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6323 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6324 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6325 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6326 switch (shndx)
6327 {
6328 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6329 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6330 break;
6331 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6332 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6333 break;
6334 case MAP_STRTAB:
6335 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6336 break;
6337 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6338 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6339 break;
6340 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6341 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6342 break;
6343 default:
6344 break;
6345 }
6346 }
6347 else
6348 {
6349 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6350
6351 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
6352 {
6353 asection *sec2;
6354
6355 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6356 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6357 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6358 demand of applications. For example, it
6359 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6360 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6361 actually in the output file. */
6362 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6363 if (sec2 == NULL)
6364 {
6365 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6366Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6367 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6368 sec->name);
6369 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6370 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6371 return FALSE;
6372 }
6373
6374 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6375 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
6376 }
6377 }
6378
6379 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6380 }
6381
6382 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6383 type = STT_TLS;
6384 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6385 type = STT_FUNC;
6386 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6387 type = STT_OBJECT;
6388 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6389 type = STT_RELC;
6390 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6391 type = STT_SRELC;
6392 else
6393 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6394
6395 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6396 type = STT_TLS;
6397
6398 /* Processor-specific types. */
6399 if (type_ptr != NULL
6400 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6401 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6402 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6403
6404 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6405 {
6406 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6407 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6408 else
6409 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6410 }
6411 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6412 {
6413#ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6414 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
6415 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
6416 else
6417#else
6418 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6419#endif
6420 }
6421 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6422 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6423 ? STB_WEAK
6424 : STB_GLOBAL),
6425 type);
6426 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6427 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6428 else
6429 {
6430 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6431
6432 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6433 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6434 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6435 bind = STB_WEAK;
6436 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6437 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6438
6439 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6440 }
6441
6442 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6443 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6444 else
6445 sym.st_other = 0;
6446
6447 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6448 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6449 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6450 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6451 }
6452
6453 *sttp = stt;
6454 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6455 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6456
6457 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6458 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6459 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6460 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6461 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6462 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6463
6464 return TRUE;
6465}
6466
6467/* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6468
6469 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6470 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6471 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6472
6473long
6474_bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6475{
6476 long symcount;
6477 long symtab_size;
6478 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6479
6480 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6481 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6482 if (symcount > 0)
6483 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6484
6485 return symtab_size;
6486}
6487
6488long
6489_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6490{
6491 long symcount;
6492 long symtab_size;
6493 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6494
6495 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6496 {
6497 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6498 return -1;
6499 }
6500
6501 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6502 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6503 if (symcount > 0)
6504 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6505
6506 return symtab_size;
6507}
6508
6509long
6510_bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6511 sec_ptr asect)
6512{
6513 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6514}
6515
6516/* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6517
6518long
6519_bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6520 sec_ptr section,
6521 arelent **relptr,
6522 asymbol **symbols)
6523{
6524 arelent *tblptr;
6525 unsigned int i;
6526 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6527
6528 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6529 return -1;
6530
6531 tblptr = section->relocation;
6532 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6533 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6534
6535 *relptr = NULL;
6536
6537 return section->reloc_count;
6538}
6539
6540long
6541_bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6542{
6543 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6544 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6545
6546 if (symcount >= 0)
6547 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6548 return symcount;
6549}
6550
6551long
6552_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6553 asymbol **allocation)
6554{
6555 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6556 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6557
6558 if (symcount >= 0)
6559 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6560 return symcount;
6561}
6562
6563/* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6564 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6565 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6566 dynamic reloc section. */
6567
6568long
6569_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6570{
6571 long ret;
6572 asection *s;
6573
6574 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6575 {
6576 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6577 return -1;
6578 }
6579
6580 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6581 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6582 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6583 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6584 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6585 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6586 * sizeof (arelent *));
6587
6588 return ret;
6589}
6590
6591/* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6592 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6593 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6594 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6595 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6596 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6597 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6598
6599long
6600_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6601 arelent **storage,
6602 asymbol **syms)
6603{
6604 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6605 asection *s;
6606 long ret;
6607
6608 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6609 {
6610 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6611 return -1;
6612 }
6613
6614 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6615 ret = 0;
6616 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6617 {
6618 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6619 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6620 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6621 {
6622 arelent *p;
6623 long count, i;
6624
6625 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6626 return -1;
6627 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6628 p = s->relocation;
6629 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6630 *storage++ = p++;
6631 ret += count;
6632 }
6633 }
6634
6635 *storage = NULL;
6636
6637 return ret;
6638}
6639\f
6640/* Read in the version information. */
6641
6642bfd_boolean
6643_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6644{
6645 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6646 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6647
6648 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6649 {
6650 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6651 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6652 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6653 unsigned int i;
6654 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6655
6656 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6657
6658 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6659 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6660 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6661 goto error_return;
6662
6663 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6664
6665 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6666 if (contents == NULL)
6667 {
6668error_return_verref:
6669 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6670 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6671 goto error_return;
6672 }
6673 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6674 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6675 goto error_return_verref;
6676
6677 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6678 goto error_return_verref;
6679
6680 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6681 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6682 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6683 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6684 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6685 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6686 {
6687 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6688 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6689 unsigned int j;
6690
6691 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6692
6693 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6694
6695 iverneed->vn_filename =
6696 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6697 iverneed->vn_file);
6698 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6699 goto error_return_verref;
6700
6701 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6702 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6703 else
6704 {
6705 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6706 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6707 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6708 goto error_return_verref;
6709 }
6710
6711 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6712 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6713 goto error_return_verref;
6714
6715 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6716 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6717 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6718 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6719 {
6720 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6721
6722 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6723 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6724 ivernaux->vna_name);
6725 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6726 goto error_return_verref;
6727
6728 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6729 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6730 else
6731 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6732
6733 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6734 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6735 goto error_return_verref;
6736
6737 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6738 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6739
6740 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6741 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6742 }
6743
6744 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6745 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6746 else
6747 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6748
6749 if (iverneed->vn_next
6750 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6751 goto error_return_verref;
6752
6753 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6754 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6755 }
6756
6757 free (contents);
6758 contents = NULL;
6759 }
6760
6761 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6762 {
6763 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6764 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6765 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6766 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6767 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6768 unsigned int i;
6769 unsigned int maxidx;
6770 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6771
6772 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6773
6774 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6775 if (contents == NULL)
6776 goto error_return;
6777 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6778 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6779 goto error_return;
6780
6781 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6782 goto error_return;
6783
6784 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6785 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6786 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6787 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6788 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6789 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6790
6791 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6792 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6793 the maximum. */
6794 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6795 maxidx = 0;
6796 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6797 {
6798 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6799
6800 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6801 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6802
6803 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6804 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6805 goto error_return;
6806
6807 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6808 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6809 }
6810
6811 if (default_imported_symver)
6812 {
6813 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6814 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6815 else
6816 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6817 }
6818 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6819 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6820 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6821 goto error_return;
6822
6823 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6824
6825 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6826 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6827 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6828 {
6829 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6830 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6831 unsigned int j;
6832
6833 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6834
6835 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6836 {
6837error_return_verdef:
6838 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6839 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6840 goto error_return;
6841 }
6842
6843 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6844 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6845
6846 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6847
6848 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6849 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6850 else
6851 {
6852 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6853 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6854 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6855 goto error_return_verdef;
6856 }
6857
6858 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6859 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6860 goto error_return_verdef;
6861
6862 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6863 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6864 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6865 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6866 {
6867 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6868
6869 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6870 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6871 iverdaux->vda_name);
6872 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6873 goto error_return_verdef;
6874
6875 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6876 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6877 else
6878 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6879
6880 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6881 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6882 goto error_return_verdef;
6883
6884 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6885 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6886 }
6887
6888 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6889 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6890
6891 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6892 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6893 else
6894 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6895
6896 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6897 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6898 }
6899
6900 free (contents);
6901 contents = NULL;
6902 }
6903 else if (default_imported_symver)
6904 {
6905 if (freeidx < 3)
6906 freeidx = 3;
6907 else
6908 freeidx++;
6909
6910 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6911 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6912 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6913 goto error_return;
6914
6915 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6916 }
6917
6918 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6919 if (default_imported_symver)
6920 {
6921 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6922 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6923
6924 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6925
6926 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6927 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6928 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6929 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6930
6931 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6932
6933 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6934 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6935 goto error_return_verdef;
6936 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6937 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6938 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6939 goto error_return_verdef;
6940
6941 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6942 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6943 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6944 }
6945
6946 return TRUE;
6947
6948 error_return:
6949 if (contents != NULL)
6950 free (contents);
6951 return FALSE;
6952}
6953\f
6954asymbol *
6955_bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6956{
6957 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6958 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6959
6960 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6961 if (!newsym)
6962 return NULL;
6963 else
6964 {
6965 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6966 return &newsym->symbol;
6967 }
6968}
6969
6970void
6971_bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6972 asymbol *symbol,
6973 symbol_info *ret)
6974{
6975 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6976}
6977
6978/* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6979 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6980 override it. */
6981
6982bfd_boolean
6983_bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6984 const char *name)
6985{
6986 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6987 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6988 return TRUE;
6989
6990 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6991 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6992 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6993 return TRUE;
6994
6995 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6996 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6997 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6998 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6999 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7000 we treat such symbols as local. */
7001 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
7002 return TRUE;
7003
7004 return FALSE;
7005}
7006
7007alent *
7008_bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7009 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7010{
7011 abort ();
7012 return NULL;
7013}
7014
7015bfd_boolean
7016_bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
7017 enum bfd_architecture arch,
7018 unsigned long machine)
7019{
7020 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7021 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7022 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
7023 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
7024 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
7025 return FALSE;
7026
7027 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
7028}
7029
7030/* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7031 for error reporting. */
7032
7033static bfd_boolean
7034elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7035 asection *section,
7036 asymbol **symbols,
7037 bfd_vma offset,
7038 const char **filename_ptr,
7039 const char **functionname_ptr)
7040{
7041 const char *filename;
7042 asymbol *func, *file;
7043 bfd_vma low_func;
7044 asymbol **p;
7045 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7046 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7047 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7048 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7049 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7050 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7051 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7052 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7053 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
7054
7055 filename = NULL;
7056 func = NULL;
7057 file = NULL;
7058 low_func = 0;
7059 state = nothing_seen;
7060
7061 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
7062 {
7063 elf_symbol_type *q;
7064
7065 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
7066
7067 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
7068 {
7069 default:
7070 break;
7071 case STT_FILE:
7072 file = &q->symbol;
7073 if (state == symbol_seen)
7074 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7075 continue;
7076 case STT_NOTYPE:
7077 case STT_FUNC:
7078 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
7079 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
7080 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
7081 {
7082 func = (asymbol *) q;
7083 low_func = q->symbol.value;
7084 filename = NULL;
7085 if (file != NULL
7086 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
7087 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7088 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7089 }
7090 break;
7091 }
7092 if (state == nothing_seen)
7093 state = symbol_seen;
7094 }
7095
7096 if (func == NULL)
7097 return FALSE;
7098
7099 if (filename_ptr)
7100 *filename_ptr = filename;
7101 if (functionname_ptr)
7102 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7103
7104 return TRUE;
7105}
7106
7107/* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7108 for error reporting. */
7109
7110bfd_boolean
7111_bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7112 asection *section,
7113 asymbol **symbols,
7114 bfd_vma offset,
7115 const char **filename_ptr,
7116 const char **functionname_ptr,
7117 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7118{
7119 bfd_boolean found;
7120
7121 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7122 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7123 line_ptr))
7124 {
7125 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7126 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7127 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7128 functionname_ptr);
7129
7130 return TRUE;
7131 }
7132
7133 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7134 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7135 line_ptr, 0,
7136 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7137 {
7138 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7139 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7140 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7141 functionname_ptr);
7142
7143 return TRUE;
7144 }
7145
7146 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7147 &found, filename_ptr,
7148 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7149 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7150 return FALSE;
7151 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7152 return TRUE;
7153
7154 if (symbols == NULL)
7155 return FALSE;
7156
7157 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7158 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7159 return FALSE;
7160
7161 *line_ptr = 0;
7162 return TRUE;
7163}
7164
7165/* Find the line for a symbol. */
7166
7167bfd_boolean
7168_bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7169 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7170{
7171 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7172 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7173 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7174}
7175
7176/* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7177 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7178 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7179 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7180 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7181
7182bfd_boolean
7183_bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7184 const char **filename_ptr,
7185 const char **functionname_ptr,
7186 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7187{
7188 bfd_boolean found;
7189 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7190 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7191 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7192 return found;
7193}
7194
7195int
7196_bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7197{
7198 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7199 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7200
7201 if (!info->relocatable)
7202 {
7203 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7204
7205 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7206 {
7207 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7208
7209 phdr_size = 0;
7210 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7211 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7212
7213 if (phdr_size == 0)
7214 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7215 }
7216
7217 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7218 ret += phdr_size;
7219 }
7220
7221 return ret;
7222}
7223
7224bfd_boolean
7225_bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7226 sec_ptr section,
7227 const void *location,
7228 file_ptr offset,
7229 bfd_size_type count)
7230{
7231 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7232 bfd_signed_vma pos;
7233
7234 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7235 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7236 return FALSE;
7237
7238 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7239 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7240 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7241 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7242 return FALSE;
7243
7244 return TRUE;
7245}
7246
7247void
7248_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7249 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7250 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7251{
7252 abort ();
7253}
7254
7255/* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7256
7257bfd_boolean
7258_bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7259{
7260 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7261
7262 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7263 {
7264 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7265 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7266
7267 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7268 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7269
7270 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7271 {
7272 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7273 {
7274 case 8:
7275 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7276 break;
7277 case 12:
7278 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7279 break;
7280 case 16:
7281 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7282 break;
7283 case 24:
7284 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7285 break;
7286 case 32:
7287 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7288 break;
7289 case 64:
7290 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7291 break;
7292 default:
7293 goto fail;
7294 }
7295
7296 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7297
7298 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7299 {
7300 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7301 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7302 else
7303 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7304 }
7305 }
7306 else
7307 {
7308 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7309 {
7310 case 8:
7311 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7312 break;
7313 case 14:
7314 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7315 break;
7316 case 16:
7317 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7318 break;
7319 case 26:
7320 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7321 break;
7322 case 32:
7323 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7324 break;
7325 case 64:
7326 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7327 break;
7328 default:
7329 goto fail;
7330 }
7331
7332 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7333 }
7334
7335 if (howto)
7336 areloc->howto = howto;
7337 else
7338 goto fail;
7339 }
7340
7341 return TRUE;
7342
7343 fail:
7344 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7345 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7346 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7347 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7348 return FALSE;
7349}
7350
7351bfd_boolean
7352_bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7353{
7354 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7355 {
7356 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7357 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7358 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7359 }
7360
7361 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7362}
7363
7364/* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7365 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7366 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7367 this reloc. */
7368
7369bfd_reloc_status_type
7370_bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7371 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7372 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7373 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7374 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7375{
7376 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7377}
7378\f
7379/* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7380 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7381 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7382 out details about the corefile. */
7383
7384#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7385# include <sys/procfs.h>
7386#endif
7387
7388/* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7389
7390static int
7391elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7392{
7393 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7394 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7395}
7396
7397/* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7398 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7399 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7400 overwrite it. */
7401
7402static bfd_boolean
7403elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7404{
7405 asection *sect2;
7406
7407 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7408 return TRUE;
7409
7410 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7411 if (sect2 == NULL)
7412 return FALSE;
7413
7414 sect2->size = sect->size;
7415 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7416 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7417 return TRUE;
7418}
7419
7420/* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7421 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7422 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7423 such a section already exists.
7424 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7425 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7426 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7427bfd_boolean
7428_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7429 char *name,
7430 size_t size,
7431 ufile_ptr filepos)
7432{
7433 char buf[100];
7434 char *threaded_name;
7435 size_t len;
7436 asection *sect;
7437
7438 /* Build the section name. */
7439
7440 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7441 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7442 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7443 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7444 return FALSE;
7445 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7446
7447 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7448 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7449 if (sect == NULL)
7450 return FALSE;
7451 sect->size = size;
7452 sect->filepos = filepos;
7453 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7454
7455 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7456}
7457
7458/* prstatus_t exists on:
7459 solaris 2.5+
7460 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7461 unixware 4.2
7462*/
7463
7464#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7465
7466static bfd_boolean
7467elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7468{
7469 size_t size;
7470 int offset;
7471
7472 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7473 {
7474 prstatus_t prstat;
7475
7476 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7477 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7478 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7479
7480 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7481 has already been set by another thread. */
7482 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7483 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7484 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7485
7486 /* pr_who exists on:
7487 solaris 2.5+
7488 unixware 4.2
7489 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7490 linux 2.[01]
7491 */
7492#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7493 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7494#endif
7495 }
7496#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7497 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7498 {
7499 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7500 prstatus32_t prstat;
7501
7502 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7503 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7504 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7505
7506 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7507 has already been set by another thread. */
7508 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7509 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7510 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7511
7512 /* pr_who exists on:
7513 solaris 2.5+
7514 unixware 4.2
7515 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7516 linux 2.[01]
7517 */
7518#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7519 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7520#endif
7521 }
7522#endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7523 else
7524 {
7525 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7526 note size (ie. data object type). */
7527 return TRUE;
7528 }
7529
7530 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7531 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7532 size, note->descpos + offset);
7533}
7534#endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7535
7536/* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7537static bfd_boolean
7538elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7539 char *name,
7540 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7541{
7542 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7543 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7544}
7545
7546/* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7547 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7548 data structure apart. */
7549
7550static bfd_boolean
7551elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7552{
7553 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7554}
7555
7556/* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7557 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7558 literally. */
7559
7560static bfd_boolean
7561elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7562{
7563 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7564}
7565
7566static bfd_boolean
7567elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7568{
7569 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
7570}
7571
7572static bfd_boolean
7573elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7574{
7575 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
7576}
7577
7578#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7579typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7580#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7581typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7582#endif
7583#endif
7584
7585#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7586typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7587#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7588typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7589#endif
7590#endif
7591
7592/* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7593 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7594 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7595
7596char *
7597_bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7598{
7599 char *dups;
7600 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7601 size_t len;
7602
7603 if (end == NULL)
7604 len = max;
7605 else
7606 len = end - start;
7607
7608 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7609 if (dups == NULL)
7610 return NULL;
7611
7612 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7613 dups[len] = '\0';
7614
7615 return dups;
7616}
7617
7618#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7619static bfd_boolean
7620elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7621{
7622 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7623 {
7624 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7625
7626 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7627
7628 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7629 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7630 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7631
7632 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7633 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7634 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7635 }
7636#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7637 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7638 {
7639 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7640 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7641
7642 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7643
7644 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7645 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7646 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7647
7648 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7649 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7650 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7651 }
7652#endif
7653
7654 else
7655 {
7656 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7657 note size (ie. data object type). */
7658 return TRUE;
7659 }
7660
7661 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7662 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7663 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7664
7665 {
7666 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7667 int n = strlen (command);
7668
7669 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7670 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7671 }
7672
7673 return TRUE;
7674}
7675#endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7676
7677#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7678static bfd_boolean
7679elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7680{
7681 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7682#if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7683 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7684#endif
7685 )
7686 {
7687 pstatus_t pstat;
7688
7689 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7690
7691 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7692 }
7693#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7694 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7695 {
7696 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7697 pstatus32_t pstat;
7698
7699 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7700
7701 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7702 }
7703#endif
7704 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7705 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7706 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7707
7708 return TRUE;
7709}
7710#endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7711
7712#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7713static bfd_boolean
7714elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7715{
7716 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7717 char buf[100];
7718 char *name;
7719 size_t len;
7720 asection *sect;
7721
7722 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7723#if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7724 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7725#endif
7726 )
7727 return TRUE;
7728
7729 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7730
7731 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7732 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7733
7734 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7735
7736 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7737 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7738 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7739 if (name == NULL)
7740 return FALSE;
7741 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7742
7743 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7744 if (sect == NULL)
7745 return FALSE;
7746
7747#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7748 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7749 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7750 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7751#endif
7752
7753#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7754 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7755 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7756#endif
7757
7758 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7759
7760 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7761 return FALSE;
7762
7763 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7764
7765 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7766 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7767 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7768 if (name == NULL)
7769 return FALSE;
7770 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7771
7772 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7773 if (sect == NULL)
7774 return FALSE;
7775
7776#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7777 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7778 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7779 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7780#endif
7781
7782#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7783 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7784 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7785#endif
7786
7787 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7788
7789 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7790}
7791#endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7792
7793static bfd_boolean
7794elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7795{
7796 char buf[30];
7797 char *name;
7798 size_t len;
7799 asection *sect;
7800 int type;
7801 int is_active_thread;
7802 bfd_vma base_addr;
7803
7804 if (note->descsz < 728)
7805 return TRUE;
7806
7807 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
7808 return TRUE;
7809
7810 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
7811
7812 switch (type)
7813 {
7814 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
7815 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7816 /* process_info.pid */
7817 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7818 /* process_info.signal */
7819 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7820 break;
7821
7822 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
7823 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7824 /* thread_info.tid */
7825 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
7826
7827 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7828 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7829 if (name == NULL)
7830 return FALSE;
7831
7832 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7833
7834 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7835 if (sect == NULL)
7836 return FALSE;
7837
7838 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7839 sect->size = 716;
7840 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7841 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
7842 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7843
7844 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
7845 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7846
7847 if (is_active_thread)
7848 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7849 return FALSE;
7850 break;
7851
7852 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
7853 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7854 /* module_info.base_address */
7855 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
7856 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
7857
7858 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7859 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7860 if (name == NULL)
7861 return FALSE;
7862
7863 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7864
7865 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7866
7867 if (sect == NULL)
7868 return FALSE;
7869
7870 sect->size = note->descsz;
7871 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7872 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7873 break;
7874
7875 default:
7876 return TRUE;
7877 }
7878
7879 return TRUE;
7880}
7881
7882static bfd_boolean
7883elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7884{
7885 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7886
7887 switch (note->type)
7888 {
7889 default:
7890 return TRUE;
7891
7892 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7893 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7894 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7895 return TRUE;
7896#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7897 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7898#else
7899 return TRUE;
7900#endif
7901
7902#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7903 case NT_PSTATUS:
7904 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7905#endif
7906
7907#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7908 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7909 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7910#endif
7911
7912 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7913 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7914
7915 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7916 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7917
7918 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7919 if (note->namesz == 6
7920 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7921 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7922 else
7923 return TRUE;
7924
7925 case NT_PPC_VMX:
7926 if (note->namesz == 6
7927 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7928 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
7929 else
7930 return TRUE;
7931
7932 case NT_PPC_VSX:
7933 if (note->namesz == 6
7934 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7935 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
7936 else
7937 return TRUE;
7938
7939 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7940 case NT_PSINFO:
7941 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7942 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7943 return TRUE;
7944#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7945 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7946#else
7947 return TRUE;
7948#endif
7949
7950 case NT_AUXV:
7951 {
7952 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7953 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7954
7955 if (sect == NULL)
7956 return FALSE;
7957 sect->size = note->descsz;
7958 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7959 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7960
7961 return TRUE;
7962 }
7963 }
7964}
7965
7966static bfd_boolean
7967elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7968{
7969 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
7970 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
7971 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
7972 return FALSE;
7973
7974 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
7975
7976 return TRUE;
7977}
7978
7979static bfd_boolean
7980elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7981{
7982 switch (note->type)
7983 {
7984 default:
7985 return TRUE;
7986
7987 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
7988 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
7989 }
7990}
7991
7992static bfd_boolean
7993elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7994{
7995 char *cp;
7996
7997 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7998 if (cp != NULL)
7999 {
8000 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
8001 return TRUE;
8002 }
8003 return FALSE;
8004}
8005
8006static bfd_boolean
8007elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8008{
8009 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8010 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
8011 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8012
8013 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8014 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
8015 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
8016
8017 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8018 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8019 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
8020
8021 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8022 note);
8023}
8024
8025static bfd_boolean
8026elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8027{
8028 int lwp;
8029
8030 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
8031 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
8032
8033 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
8034 {
8035 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8036 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8037 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8038 creates a core file. */
8039
8040 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8041 }
8042
8043 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8044 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8045 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8046 understand it. */
8047
8048 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
8049 return TRUE;
8050
8051
8052 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
8053 {
8054 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8055 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8056
8057 case bfd_arch_alpha:
8058 case bfd_arch_sparc:
8059 switch (note->type)
8060 {
8061 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
8062 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8063
8064 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
8065 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8066
8067 default:
8068 return TRUE;
8069 }
8070
8071 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8072 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8073
8074 default:
8075 switch (note->type)
8076 {
8077 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
8078 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8079
8080 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
8081 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8082
8083 default:
8084 return TRUE;
8085 }
8086 }
8087 /* NOTREACHED */
8088}
8089
8090static bfd_boolean
8091elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8092{
8093 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8094 char buf[100];
8095 char *name;
8096 asection *sect;
8097 short sig;
8098 unsigned flags;
8099
8100 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8101 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8102
8103 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8104 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8105
8106 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8107 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8108
8109 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8110 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8111 {
8112 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
8113 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8114 }
8115
8116 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8117 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8118 thread just in case. */
8119 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8120 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8121
8122 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8123 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8124
8125 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8126 if (name == NULL)
8127 return FALSE;
8128 strcpy (name, buf);
8129
8130 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8131 if (sect == NULL)
8132 return FALSE;
8133
8134 sect->size = note->descsz;
8135 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8136 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8137
8138 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8139}
8140
8141static bfd_boolean
8142elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8143 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8144 long tid,
8145 char *base)
8146{
8147 char buf[100];
8148 char *name;
8149 asection *sect;
8150
8151 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8152 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8153
8154 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8155 if (name == NULL)
8156 return FALSE;
8157 strcpy (name, buf);
8158
8159 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8160 if (sect == NULL)
8161 return FALSE;
8162
8163 sect->size = note->descsz;
8164 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8165 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8166
8167 /* This is the current thread. */
8168 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8169 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8170
8171 return TRUE;
8172}
8173
8174#define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8175#define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8176#define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8177#define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8178
8179static bfd_boolean
8180elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8181{
8182 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8183 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8184 function. */
8185 static long tid = 1;
8186
8187 switch (note->type)
8188 {
8189 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8190 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8191 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8192 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8193 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8194 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8195 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8196 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8197 default:
8198 return TRUE;
8199 }
8200}
8201
8202static bfd_boolean
8203elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8204{
8205 char *name;
8206 asection *sect;
8207 size_t len;
8208
8209 /* Use note name as section name. */
8210 len = note->namesz;
8211 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8212 if (name == NULL)
8213 return FALSE;
8214 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
8215 name[len - 1] = '\0';
8216
8217 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8218 if (sect == NULL)
8219 return FALSE;
8220
8221 sect->size = note->descsz;
8222 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8223 sect->alignment_power = 1;
8224
8225 return TRUE;
8226}
8227
8228/* Function: elfcore_write_note
8229
8230 Inputs:
8231 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8232 name of note
8233 type of note
8234 data for note
8235 size of data for note
8236
8237 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8238 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8239 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8240 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8241
8242 Return:
8243 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8244
8245char *
8246elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8247 char *buf,
8248 int *bufsiz,
8249 const char *name,
8250 int type,
8251 const void *input,
8252 int size)
8253{
8254 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8255 size_t namesz;
8256 size_t newspace;
8257 char *dest;
8258
8259 namesz = 0;
8260 if (name != NULL)
8261 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8262
8263 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
8264
8265 buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8266 if (buf == NULL)
8267 return buf;
8268 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
8269 *bufsiz += newspace;
8270 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8271 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8272 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8273 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8274 dest = xnp->name;
8275 if (name != NULL)
8276 {
8277 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8278 dest += namesz;
8279 while (namesz & 3)
8280 {
8281 *dest++ = '\0';
8282 ++namesz;
8283 }
8284 }
8285 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8286 dest += size;
8287 while (size & 3)
8288 {
8289 *dest++ = '\0';
8290 ++size;
8291 }
8292 return buf;
8293}
8294
8295#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8296char *
8297elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8298 char *buf,
8299 int *bufsiz,
8300 const char *fname,
8301 const char *psargs)
8302{
8303 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8304 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8305
8306 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8307 {
8308 char *ret;
8309 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8310 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
8311 if (ret != NULL)
8312 return ret;
8313 }
8314
8315#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8316 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8317 {
8318#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8319 psinfo32_t data;
8320 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8321#else
8322 prpsinfo32_t data;
8323 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8324#endif
8325
8326 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8327 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8328 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8329 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8330 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8331 }
8332 else
8333#endif
8334 {
8335#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8336 psinfo_t data;
8337 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8338#else
8339 prpsinfo_t data;
8340 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8341#endif
8342
8343 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8344 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8345 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8346 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8347 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8348 }
8349}
8350#endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8351
8352#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8353char *
8354elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8355 char *buf,
8356 int *bufsiz,
8357 long pid,
8358 int cursig,
8359 const void *gregs)
8360{
8361 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8362 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8363
8364 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8365 {
8366 char *ret;
8367 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8368 NT_PRSTATUS,
8369 pid, cursig, gregs);
8370 if (ret != NULL)
8371 return ret;
8372 }
8373
8374#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8375 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8376 {
8377 prstatus32_t prstat;
8378
8379 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8380 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8381 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8382 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8383 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8384 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8385 }
8386 else
8387#endif
8388 {
8389 prstatus_t prstat;
8390
8391 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8392 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8393 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8394 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8395 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8396 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8397 }
8398}
8399#endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8400
8401#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8402char *
8403elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8404 char *buf,
8405 int *bufsiz,
8406 long pid,
8407 int cursig,
8408 const void *gregs)
8409{
8410 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8411 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8412
8413 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8414 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8415 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8416#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8417 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8418#elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8419#if !defined(gregs)
8420 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8421 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8422#else
8423 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8424 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8425#endif
8426#endif
8427 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8428 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8429}
8430#endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8431
8432#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8433char *
8434elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8435 char *buf,
8436 int *bufsiz,
8437 long pid,
8438 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8439 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8440{
8441 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8442#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8443 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8444
8445 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8446 {
8447 pstatus32_t pstat;
8448
8449 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8450 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8451 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8452 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8453 return buf;
8454 }
8455 else
8456#endif
8457 {
8458 pstatus_t pstat;
8459
8460 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8461 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8462 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8463 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8464 return buf;
8465 }
8466}
8467#endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8468
8469char *
8470elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8471 char *buf,
8472 int *bufsiz,
8473 const void *fpregs,
8474 int size)
8475{
8476 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8477 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8478 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8479}
8480
8481char *
8482elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8483 char *buf,
8484 int *bufsiz,
8485 const void *xfpregs,
8486 int size)
8487{
8488 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8489 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8490 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8491}
8492
8493char *
8494elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
8495 char *buf,
8496 int *bufsiz,
8497 const void *ppc_vmx,
8498 int size)
8499{
8500 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8501 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8502 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
8503}
8504
8505char *
8506elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
8507 char *buf,
8508 int *bufsiz,
8509 const void *ppc_vsx,
8510 int size)
8511{
8512 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8513 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8514 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
8515}
8516
8517char *
8518elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
8519 char *buf,
8520 int *bufsiz,
8521 const char *section,
8522 const void *data,
8523 int size)
8524{
8525 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
8526 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
8527 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
8528 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
8529 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
8530 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
8531 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
8532 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
8533 return NULL;
8534}
8535
8536static bfd_boolean
8537elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
8538{
8539 char *p;
8540
8541 p = buf;
8542 while (p < buf + size)
8543 {
8544 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8545 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8546 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8547
8548 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
8549 return FALSE;
8550
8551 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8552
8553 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8554 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8555 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
8556 return FALSE;
8557
8558 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8559 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8560 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8561 if (in.descsz != 0
8562 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
8563 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
8564 return FALSE;
8565
8566 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
8567 {
8568 default:
8569 return TRUE;
8570
8571 case bfd_core:
8572 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8573 {
8574 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8575 return FALSE;
8576 }
8577 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
8578 {
8579 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8580 return FALSE;
8581 }
8582 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
8583 {
8584 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
8585 return FALSE;
8586 }
8587 else
8588 {
8589 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8590 return FALSE;
8591 }
8592 break;
8593
8594 case bfd_object:
8595 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
8596 {
8597 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
8598 return FALSE;
8599 }
8600 break;
8601 }
8602
8603 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8604 }
8605
8606 return TRUE;
8607}
8608
8609static bfd_boolean
8610elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8611{
8612 char *buf;
8613
8614 if (size <= 0)
8615 return TRUE;
8616
8617 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8618 return FALSE;
8619
8620 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8621 if (buf == NULL)
8622 return FALSE;
8623
8624 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
8625 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
8626 {
8627 free (buf);
8628 return FALSE;
8629 }
8630
8631 free (buf);
8632 return TRUE;
8633}
8634\f
8635/* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8636
8637/* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8638 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8639 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8640
8641long
8642bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8643{
8644 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8645 {
8646 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8647 return -1;
8648 }
8649
8650 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8651}
8652
8653/* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8654 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8655 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8656 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8657
8658 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8659 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8660
8661int
8662bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8663{
8664 int num_phdrs;
8665
8666 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8667 {
8668 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8669 return -1;
8670 }
8671
8672 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8673 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8674 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8675
8676 return num_phdrs;
8677}
8678
8679enum elf_reloc_type_class
8680_bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8681{
8682 return reloc_class_normal;
8683}
8684
8685/* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8686 relocation against a local symbol. */
8687
8688bfd_vma
8689_bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8690 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8691 asection **psec,
8692 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8693{
8694 asection *sec = *psec;
8695 bfd_vma relocation;
8696
8697 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8698 + sec->output_offset
8699 + sym->st_value);
8700 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8701 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8702 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8703 {
8704 rel->r_addend =
8705 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8706 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8707 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8708 if (sec != *psec)
8709 {
8710 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8711 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8712 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8713 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8714 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8715 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8716 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8717 sec = *psec;
8718 }
8719 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8720 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8721 }
8722 return relocation;
8723}
8724
8725bfd_vma
8726_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8727 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8728 asection **psec,
8729 bfd_vma addend)
8730{
8731 asection *sec = *psec;
8732
8733 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8734 return sym->st_value + addend;
8735
8736 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8737 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8738 sym->st_value + addend);
8739}
8740
8741bfd_vma
8742_bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8743 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8744 asection *sec,
8745 bfd_vma offset)
8746{
8747 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8748 {
8749 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8750 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8751 offset);
8752 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8753 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8754 default:
8755 return offset;
8756 }
8757}
8758\f
8759/* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8760 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8761 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8762 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8763 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8764 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8765
8766 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8767 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8768 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8769 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8770 the remote memory. */
8771
8772bfd *
8773bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8774 (bfd *templ,
8775 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8776 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8777 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8778{
8779 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8780 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8781}
8782\f
8783long
8784_bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8785 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8786 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8787 long dynsymcount,
8788 asymbol **dynsyms,
8789 asymbol **ret)
8790{
8791 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8792 asection *relplt;
8793 asymbol *s;
8794 const char *relplt_name;
8795 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8796 arelent *p;
8797 long count, i, n;
8798 size_t size;
8799 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8800 char *names;
8801 asection *plt;
8802
8803 *ret = NULL;
8804
8805 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8806 return 0;
8807
8808 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8809 return 0;
8810
8811 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8812 return 0;
8813
8814 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8815 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8816 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8817 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8818 if (relplt == NULL)
8819 return 0;
8820
8821 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8822 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8823 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8824 return 0;
8825
8826 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8827 if (plt == NULL)
8828 return 0;
8829
8830 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8831 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8832 return -1;
8833
8834 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8835 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8836 p = relplt->relocation;
8837 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
8838 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8839
8840 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8841 if (s == NULL)
8842 return -1;
8843
8844 names = (char *) (s + count);
8845 p = relplt->relocation;
8846 n = 0;
8847 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
8848 {
8849 size_t len;
8850 bfd_vma addr;
8851
8852 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8853 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8854 continue;
8855
8856 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8857 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8858 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8859 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8860 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8861 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
8862 s->section = plt;
8863 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8864 s->name = names;
8865 s->udata.p = NULL;
8866 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8867 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8868 names += len;
8869 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8870 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8871 ++s, ++n;
8872 }
8873
8874 return n;
8875}
8876
8877/* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8878asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8879 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8880 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8881
8882void
8883_bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
8884 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8885{
8886 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
8887
8888 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8889
8890 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
8891}
8892
8893
8894/* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
8895 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
8896 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
8897
8898bfd_boolean
8899_bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
8900{
8901 return (type == STT_FUNC);
8902}
This page took 0.052666 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.